ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO II RACHEL LEATHERBARROW S0927212
2015-2017
NAV I G AT I N G T H E P O R T F O L I O E x p l a n a t o r y Te x t & D i a g r a m s
CURRENT COURSE
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
Confluence Field Proposition
YEAR 1 COURSES
COURSE COMPONENTS
YEAR 2 COURSES
COURSE TITLE COURSE SUMMARY
LEARNING OUTCOMES
ARB GENERAL CRITERIA [PART II]
ARB GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES [PART II]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
General criteria defined by the ARB Criteria
Criteria defined by the ARB Criteria
booklet. These are mapped by course, and
booklet. The appropriate criteria will
are highlighted when work presented
be highlighted when work on the page
corresponds to these requirements.
matches its specific requirements.
2.1
2.2
2.3
PAGE NUMBER
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7 page X
MODULAR PATHWAY : CHOSEN STUDIOS
ARB PRESCRIPTION OF QUALIFICATIONS GENERAL CRITERIA AT PART 2
GC1 Ability to create architectural designs that satisfy both aesthetic and technical requirements. The graduate will have the ability to:
GC7 Understanding of the methods of investigation and preparation of the brief for a design project. The graduate will have an understanding of:
.1 prepare and present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity, and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief; .2 understand the constructional and structural systems, the environmental strategies and the regulatory requirements that apply to the design and construction of a comprehensive design project; .3 develop a conceptual and critical approach to architectural design that integrates and satisfies the aesthetic aspects of a building and the technical requirements of its construction and the needs of the user.
.1 the need to critically review precedents relevant to the function, organisation and technological strategy of design proposals; .2 the need to appraise and prepare building briefs of diverse scales and types, to define client and user requirements and their appropriateness to site and context; .3 the contributions of architects and co-professionals to the formulation of the brief, and the methods of investigation used in its preparation.
GC2 Adequate knowledge of the histories and theories of architecture and the related arts, technologies and human sciences. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 the cultural, social and intellectual histories, theories and technologies that influence the design of buildings; .2 the influence of history and theory on the spatial, social, and technological aspects of architecture; .3 the application of appropriate theoretical concepts to studio design projects, demonstrating a reflective and critical approach. GC3 Knowledge of the fine arts as an influence on the quality of architectural design. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 how the theories, practices and technologies of the arts influence architectural design; .2 the creative application of the fine arts and their relevance and impact on architecture; .3 the creative application of such work to studio design projects, in terms of their conceptualisation and representation. GC4 Adequate knowledge of urban design, planning and the skills involved in the planning process. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 theories of urban design and the planning of communities; .2 the influence of the design and development of cities, past and present on the contemporary built environment; .3 current planning policy and development control legislation, including social, environmental and economic aspects, and the relevance of these to design development. GC5 Understanding of the relationship between people and buildings, and between buildings and their environment, and the need to relate buildings and the spaces between them to human needs and scale. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the needs and aspirations of building users; .2 the impact of buildings on the environment, and the precepts of sustainable design; .3 the way in which buildings fit into their local context. GC6 Understanding of the profession of architecture and the role of the architect in society, in particular in preparing briefs that take account of social factors. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the nature of professionalism and the duties and responsibilities of architects to clients, building users, constructors, co-professionals and the wider society; .2 the role of the architect within the design team and construction industry, recognising the importance of current methods and trends in the construction of the built environment; .3 the potential impact of building projects on existing and proposed communities.
GC8 Understanding of the structural design, constructional and engineering problems associated with building design. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the investigation, critical appraisal and selection of alternative structural, constructional and material systems relevant to architectural design; .2 strategies for building construction, and ability to integrate knowledge of structural principles and construction techniques; .3 the physical properties and characteristics of building materials, components and systems, and the environmental impact of specification choices. GC9 Adequate knowledge of physical problems and technologies and the function of buildings so as to provide them with internal conditions of comfort and protection against the climate. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 principles associated with designing optimum visual, thermal and acoustic environments; .2 systems for environmental comfort realised within relevant precepts of sustainable design; .3 strategies for building services, and ability to integrate these in a design project. GC10 The necessary design skills to meet building users’ requirements within the constraints imposed by cost factors and building regulations. The graduate will have the skills to: .1 critically examine the financial factors implied in varying building types, constructional systems, and specification choices, and the impact of these on architectural design; .2 understand the cost control mechanisms which operate during the development of a project; .3 prepare designs that will meet building users’ requirements and comply with UK legislation, appropriate performance standards and health and safety requirements. GC11 Adequate knowledge of the industries, organisations, regulations and procedures involved in translating design concepts into buildings and integrating plans into overall planning. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 the fundamental legal, professional and statutory responsibilities of the architect, and the organisations, regulations and procedures involved in the negotiation and approval of architectural designs, including land law, development control, building regulations and health and safety legislation; .2 the professional inter-relationships of individuals and organisations involved in procuring and delivering architectural projects, and how these are defined through contractual and organisational structures; .3 the basic management theories and business principles related to running both an architect’s practice and architectural projects, recognising current and emerging trends in the construction industry.
[ MArch I ] NORTH STUDIO IV: EARTH & OCEAN
[ MArch 2 ] THE BIG ROOF
GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES [ FOR PART 2 ] 1. Ability to generate complex design proposals showing understanding of current architectural issues, originality in the application of subject knowledge and, where appropriate, to test new hypotheses and speculations; 2. Ability to evaluate and apply a comprehensive range of visual, oral and written media to test, analyse, critically appraise and explain design proposals; 3. Ability to evaluate materials, processes and techniques that apply to complex architectural designs and building construction, and to integrate these into practicable design proposals; 4. Critical understanding of how knowledge is advanced through research to produce clear, logically argued and original written work relating to architectural culture, theory and design; 5. Understanding of the context of the architect and the construction industry, including the architect’s role in the processes of procurement and building production, and under legislation; 6. Problem solving skills, professional judgment, and ability to take the initiative and make appropriate decisions in complex and unpredictable circumstances 7. Ability to identify individual learning needs and understand the personal responsibility required to prepare for qualification as an architect.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A c a d e m i c P o r t f o l i o I I i s o r g a n i s e d c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y, s p l i t i n t o t h e four respective semesters completed as part of the M.Arch Course.
Bodø Nord Axonometric
Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
Architectural Technology - Generic Study
Biomorphic Facades Future or farce?
Marija Ambrasaite - Ben Wylie - Rachel Leatherbarrow 1
districts. This extends Bodø’s urban core whilst replacing the inefficient sprawl of industrial warehouses and isolated industries. The planned development structure operates across 3 scales; Macro, Meso and Micro, resulting in the detailing of four individual building proposals. The masterplan is responsive and flexible; considering and supporting incremental development over time as well as future expansion and adaption in response to socio-economic developments such as increasing population and a shifting of focus towards technological and research based employment within the city. Bodø’s waterfront masterplan will be integral to developing a sustainable, smart city with the required infrastructure to maintain Bodø’s esteemed reputation as the ‘Gateway to the North’.
[ Contextual Study ] Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light
Architectural Technology Research - M.Arch 1 2015/16 -
1
Ben Wylie, Rachel Leatherbarrow & Marija Ambrasaite.
Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory: Seminar diaries Reading [... Koolhaas] Rachel Leatherbarrow S0927212 MArch1_2016
[ Essay ]
SCAT
45
[ Articulation ]
44
M(Arch) 1 - 2015
[ Contextual Study ]
[ Generic Study ]
[ Proposition ]
[ Field ]
Dette utvider Bodø urbane kjerne mens erstatte ineffektive bre av industrielle lagerbygninger og isolerte bransjer. Den planlagte utbyggingen struktur opererer over 3 vekter; Makro, Meso og Micro, som resulterer i detaljering av fire individuelle byggeforslag. Masterplanen er lydhør og fleksibel; vurderer og støtter inkrementell utvikling over tid, samt fremtidig utvidelse og tilpasning som svar på samfunnsøkonomiske utviklingen som økende befolkning og en forskyvning av fokus mot teknologisk og forskningsbasert arbeid i byen. Bodø havne masterplan vil være en integrert del av å utvikle en bærekraftig, smart by med nødvendig infrastruktur for å opprettholde Bodøs aktet rykte som “Porten til Nord”.
[ Building Proposition ]
[ Masterplanning ]
SEMESTER 2 DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
- 67° North -
[ Diary ]
SEMESTER 1 DESIGN STUDIO C [ Confluence ]
YEAR 1 [ MArch I ]
C onst r uc t ion
D esig n
and
Management
C as e Study : The E d en Proj e c t 2 0 0 1 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners
1.
Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities. However due to the Eden project’s unusual setting in a former quarry, access from all elevations was not possible and instead pedestrian access for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.
Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)
Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.
Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)
Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.
Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome
All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to. According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.
YEAR 2 [ MArch II ]
SEMESTER 1 DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting located around all meandering routes of the biomes
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Co- ordinator: Rachel
Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers
Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting
Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.
Response Team: Oliver & Richard
Day 2
Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation
[ Drawing ]
Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe
[ Exam ]
[ Essays ]
[ Contract Game ]
[ Re-calibrating ]
[ Assembling ]
[ Studiolo]
Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.
Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement
Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction
Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire
Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17
[ Thesis ]
DESIGN REPORT [ Re-Contextualization]
[ Developing elements ]
[ Deconstruction ]
SEMESTER 2 DESIGN STUDIO B
GENERAL CRITERIA
ATTRIBUTES
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONFLUENCE FIELD PROPOSITION
North Studio IV: Earth & Ocean 76 ° North Bodo - Norway
A study into making and placing architecture at the edge of the northern temperate zone. North, vast horizons, untouched wilderness, dramatic landscapes and seasonal change are the backdrop to this architectural journey. These are remote areas where civilization continues to encroach upon this beautiful yet fragile environment with contrast and contradiction. This programme will consider the complexities and challenges of this extreme environment. Through a series of Macro to micro investigations; reading the context of where you are in the world down to the plants at your feet. What is it like exist in these areas and what are the physical and poetic assets of the region? It suggests the blurred man, a metaphor for life’s tenuous existence, insignificant yet changing the land. [BREIF EXTRACT]
LO1 – The ability to develop and act on a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues.
LO2 – The ability to develop an architectural, spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns.
LO3 – A critical understanding of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing,
modelling,
photography,
film,
computer
and
workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7 5
DESIGN STUDIO C
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONFLUENCE
Shifting Land Patterns
[JOHN MUIR WAY - EXPLORING THE EDGE] COLLABORATORS - KALLIOPO BOUZOUNIERAKI & NIKOLETTA MICHAEL
This initial short collaborative assignment investigated the newly created John Muir Way, a 134 mile path that stretches from the west to the east coast of Scotland, in particular ‘Section 8’, the section where the path arrives at the east coast, here on Edinburgh’s coastline.
Shifting Land Patterns
elbrugh
This investigation of the relationship between people and the environment
Shifting Land Patterns Shifting Land Patterns
called for an informed, emotive, sensitive and spirited architectural responses
Tracing Waves
that resonate, amplify and build on nature.
Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
This coastal territory was mapped, modeled and the intricacies of the place illustrated, environmentally and culturally informing an architectural proposition that broke the line between land & sea and land & sky.
Shifting Land Patterns
Tracing Waves
Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh
Breaking the Horizon
Shifting Land
Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Reflections Sky scapeTracing Waves Tracingof Waves
Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash silent upon the crash noisy on retreatnoisy on retreat cold feet following coldthe feet shore following the shore Rowing feathers,Rowing warm feathers, stones warm stones painting the water painting the water elements crash elements crash Tracing silent on retreatsilent on Waves retreat Men on the shore Men on the shore Tracing Waves waiting for the miracle waiting for the miracle silent upon the crash to feed the sandto noisy feed on theretreat sand feetWaves following the shore to Trace Waves to cold Trace
2.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
Rowingoffeathers, warm stones Reflections Sky scape painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Breaking the Horizon
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2. Tracing Waves
John Muir Way Thermal Baths
Reflections of SkyReflections scape of Sky scape
John Muir Way Thermal Baths
Reflections of Sky scape
ABOVE: T idal
2.
Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand Studies and sculpture installation tracing to Trace Waves
2.
Studies of water movement aroundApplying Musselbrugh Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh
2.
the profile of the landscape within tidal pools.
2.
2.
John Muir Way confluence Thermal Baths
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Applying
Breaking the Horizon
GENERAL CRITERIA
Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh
Mondrian’s Applying ‘veiwMondrian’s experience’‘veiw to theexperience’ tidal installation to the tidal installation
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean, 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘PierPiet and Mondrian,1915 Pier and PietOcean, Mondrian, 1915Pier and Ocean, 1915
Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier Piet Mondrian, and Ocean’, ‘Pier 1915 and Ocean’, 1915 Reflections of Sky scape
2.
2.
ATTRIBUTES
2.
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
Low Tide
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
11.
page 6 The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore John Muir Way Thermal Baths Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crashTracing Waves silent on retreat Men on the shore Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash miracle MArchwaiting I for theDESIGN STUDIO C noisy on retreat to feed the sand cold feetWaves following the shore to Trace WavesTracing
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
Low Tide
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
silent upon the crash Rowing feathers, warm stones
noisy on the retreat painting water CONFLUENCE
cold feet following the shore elements crash Rowing silent onfeathers, retreat warm stones painting theshore water Men on the elements crash waiting for the miracle silent to feedontheretreat sand Men on the shore to Trace Waves waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
High Tide Breaking the Horizon Relief of the Estuary Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
High Tide
Tracing Waves
[JOHN MUIR WAY - EXPLORING THE EDGE]
Breaking the Horizon
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
We studied a particular section of the estuary, mapping through photographs, drawings, timelapse and written documentation the changes in atmospheres
High Tide
and conditions. The proposal developed from these studies as series of thermal baths carved into the landscape which filled to varying depths and
Reflectio Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the Rowing feathers, war painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracl to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Relief of the Estuary
Breaking the Horizon
2.
Relief of the Estuary
Reflections of Sky scape
temperatures through out the day in response to the tide movement. The
water movement around Musselbrugh
baths allow users to experience the ocean from different levels, gaining a
Shifting Land Patterns
High Tide
2.
deeper understanding and awareness of the tide.
Breaking the Horizon Relief of the Estuary
Reflections of Sky scape
2. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
Piet
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
2.
Tracing the profile of Athur
Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Breaking the Horizon
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ ratherof than scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing Reflections Skyascape The viewer places his feet on the pier standing front of thefigure drawing ‘view’ rather than and a scene, givingabsorbed the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhapsinthe human onand the experiences pier movesthe towards the ocean is being by oblivion. movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Concept collage - Inverting the horizon
The viewer placesplaces his feet pierpier standing ininfront andexperiences experiences ‘view’ rather a scene, The viewer his on feetthe on the standing frontofofthe the drawing drawing and thethe ‘view’ rather than than a scene, giving giving the perspectival representation drawing qualities. Perhapsthethe human figure on pier the moves pier moves the perspectival representation drawingmovement movement qualities. Perhaps human figure on the 10. 10. The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing towards the ocean absorbed oblivion. towards the ocean isbeing being absorbed byby oblivion. movement qualities. Perhaps the human figureand onand theis pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Applying Mondrian’s to the tidal installation, Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’‘veiw to theexperience’ tidal installation,
Diagrammatic section and plan of column installation
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
2.
Bluring of sea and sk
11.
11.
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of landsca GROUND LEVEL
1:100
11.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal insta
12.
9.
8.
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2. Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature GROUND LEVEL
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
1:100
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of landscape and skyscape 13.
12.
9.
8.
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of landscape and skyscape
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
13.
12.
9.
8.
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
GENERAL CRITERIA
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
ATTRIBUTES
Bluring of landscape and skyscape 13.
BELOW GROUND
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
8.
9.
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
12.
GROUND LEVEL
2.1 GROUND LEVEL
1:100
1:100
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
1:100
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
BELOW GROUND
1:100
page 7
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal install
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
CONFLUENCE Low Tide
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand Breaking the Horizon to Trace Waves
High Tide
Relief of the Estuary
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
Tracing Waves
Tracing Waves
Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water Low Tide elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Panorama looking towards Edinburgh
Low Tide
DESIGN REPORT
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the dra movement qualities. Perhaps the human fi
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing giving the perspectival representation draw towards the oc
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. High Tide High Tide
High Tide Breaking the Horizon
Reflections of Sky scape
Relief of the Estuary Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Relief of the Estuary
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves Reflections of Sky scape 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing
Breaking the Horizon
2.
Breaking the Horizon
Reflections of Sky scape
movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. 2. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
2. 11.
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat 11. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Piet
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
Reflections of Sky scape
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2. 2.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and
2.
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
GROUND LEVEL GROUND LEVEL 1:100 GROUND LEVEL
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
1:100
11.
1:100
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
11.
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat
wer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
wer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, g the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
11.
Rubbings - A journey Rubbings from highway - A journey to the from waters highway edge to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the Rubbings journey-from Along highway the journey to thefrom waters highway edge to the waters edge
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
ABOVE: T idal mapping and studies Rubbings - A journey from highway Texture to the waters edge
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
14. Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Bluring of landscape and skyscape
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.
Rubbings - A journey from highwayBluring to theofwaters edge landscape 13.and skyscape
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
8. 8. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,
The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. PerhapsGROUND the human figure on the pier moves 10. LEVEL 1:100 towards the ocean and is being absorbed13. by oblivion.
12.
9.
14.
12.
9.
12.
14.
Bluring of landscape and skyscape GROUND LEVEL
1:100
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
13.
12.
12.
9.
11.
Athurs Seat
BELOW GROUND
1:100
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of landscape and skyscape
BELOW GROUND 14.
1:100
13.
8.
12.
GROUND LEVEL
13.
12.
9.
1:100
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
14. journey from highway to the waters edge Rubbings - Along the
Bluring of landscape and skyscape
8.
8.
9.
9.
BELOW GROUND
1:100
Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge
Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge
Bluring of landscape and skyscape
3. 12.
Bluring of sea and sky - intervention GROUND LEVEL
GROUND 1:100 LEVEL 1:100 Bluring of landscape and skyscape
13.
13.
12.
3. GROUND LEVEL
1:100
BELOW GROUND
1:100
BELOW GROUND
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
BELOW GROUND
1:100
3. GROUND LEVEL
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
3. GROUND LEVEL
1:100
GROUND LEVEL
1:100
1:100
ABOVE: Reflections studies and maquette tests carried out on site BELOW GROUND
BELOW GROUND
nd sky - intervention and nature
BELOW GROUND
BELOW 1:100 GROUND
1:100
1:100
BELOW GROUND
1:100
BELOW GROUND
1:100
BELOW GROUND
1:100
14.
ndscape and skyscape BELOW GROUND
13.
1:100
3.
BELOW GROUND
GENERAL CRITERIA
BELOW GROUND
1:100
ATTRIBUTES 1:100
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
3.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7 page 8
1:100
1:100
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONFLUENCE
TIDAL BATHS PERSPECTIVE [ AT HIGH TIDE ] The lightweight aluminium canopy and reflective mullions are the only visible elements of the building at high tide, angled to reflect both sea and sky to the viewer simultaneous
SECTIONAL MAQUETTES 1: 200
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7 page 9
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONFLUENCE
PROPOSITION - Tidal Thermal Baths [ ABOVE Section BELOW Plan ]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 10
DESIGN STUDIO C
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
Land Upli in the West of Norway following the collision of tectonic plates during the Tertiary and Quartenery Period. Ice Flows during the Ice Age (approx 65 thousand years ago) carved Norway’s distinctive coastline.
01 / Marina
02 / Litle Hjartøya View
03 / Bodø View
A
F
F
A
F
A
B
B
B
04 02 03
E
E
06 Navaren, Landegode - 16.50
C
C
C
E
05
01
D
04 / Far Islands View
D
05 / Jernbanestasjon
A
km
D
06 / Storgata
A
rva ise Ke
Horizon at 10.75m above sea level {First floor height}
A
n at 7.75m
above
en
- 5.38
km
- 9.93 km
sea level
- 9.93 km
B
B
F
F
F
Horizo
rd
B
E
02
03
04
05
06
xx
D
D
C
E
C
C
E
01
D
{Marina, Bodø}
{Litle Hjartøya View, Burøya}
67.2818906, 14.3694359
{Bodø View, Burøya}
67.2881194, 14.3680655
67.287668, 14.3722471
{Far Islands View, Burøya} 67.2909848, 14.3784267
{Jernbanestasjon, Bodø} 67.2863962, 14.38921
{Storgata, Bodø}
67.2861461, 14.3988437
{Storgata, Bodø}
Caledonian Mountain Chain Formation
Formation of Norway’s Mineral Resources
FROM RURAL TO URBAN STUDIO COLLABORATION
Extracts from North Studio’s collaborative book documenting impressions of Bodo and the cultural, geographical and environmental impacts of the rapidly growing city. From research into the transportation to green spaces in the city, the studies indicate the significance of landscape and climate to urban life in Norway.
Cultural Heritage Sites 1:12,500
City Centre Changing Coastline 1816-2015 (not to scale)
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 11
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
[ FIELD - BODØ 67o - NORWAY ] COLLABORATORS - BEN WYLIE THOMAS WADDINGTON & FAITHWOOD Bodø is a town and a municipality in Nordland county, Norway. It is part of the traditional region of Salten and it is the capital of Nordland county. The administrative centre of the municipality is the town of Bodø. Other villages in Bodø include Misvær, Skjerstad, Saltstraumen, Løding, Løpsmarka, Kjerringøy, Sørvær, and Fenes. Bodø, located just north of the Arctic Circle, is the largest urban area and city in Nordland county, and the second-largest In North Norway.
- 67° North -
At 67 degrees North, within the Arctic Circle, Bodø is a resilient and naturally beautiful industrial city founded by its strategic location as a trade centre. Bodø is Northern Norway’s second largest and fastest growing city with a population of 50,000 that is expected to increase to 70,000 by 2030. Located on an unsheltered peninsula in the Norwegian Sea, Bodø is one of Norway’s windiest cities. However, despite its location just north of the Arctic Circle, Bodø features a relatively mild oceanic climate due to the Gulf Stream. With its latitude of 67 degrees, between 2 June and 10 July the midnight sun watches over the city and from early December to early January, the sun does not rise over the tops of the mountains to the South of Bodø.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
Bodø
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 12
- 67° North -
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
INDUSTRY IN BODO Since it was founded in 1816 as a trade centre, the city 27turned its hand to fishing in 1860 during an especially lucrative herring boom. Since then commercial fishing has dominated industry in Bodø. Smallscale fisheries have been superseded by large international companies and resulted in a change in Bodø’s relationship with the water’s edge, transforming from an organic relationship of piers and inlets to vast concrete docks scaled to suit the purse seiners, pelagic trawlers and titanic cargo ships.
Unable to compete with the competitive prices of unprocessed stock that the eastern European markets can offer, Norway is increasingly looking for means of diversification for its fishing industry
ABOVE: A study of industry typologies surrounding the waterfront
Bodø is at the forfront of this diversification, utilising a large majority of its catch for the production of herring oil and fish meal, which can be processed as bio-fuel, animal feed, supplements and plasticizers, to name but a few. In addition to establishing an extensive logistics and power network, the fishing industry has also attracted associated expertise such
Exports from Bodø of Atlantic herring, salmon and shellfish are thriving, with global demand increasing and annual fishing quotas regularly exceeded before the fishing season is over. However, the market is becoming increasingly flooded by the Russian fishing industry as a result of global warming opening up new fishing grounds, further north in Russian territories.
asadvanced fish finding technologies; GPS satellite, navigation and sonar companies. As well as the many fish related companies within Bodø, numerous manufacture and construction companies have populated the waters edge, reclaiming land at a vast rate, resulting in a reduction of the size of the bay and cutting the waterfront off from public access
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 13
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
- 67° North -
FIELD
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
29 11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 14
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
[ BOAT TYPOLOGIES & LOCATIONS ] Study of Bodo’s land edge
Boat Typologies & Locations
Boat Typologi
1:500
Boat Typologi
Boat Typologies & Locations
1:500
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 15
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
- 67° North -
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
Analysis of industry processes and shipping routes.
- Bodø, Norway -
- 67° North -
- 67° North -
32
33
30
33
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 16 30
31
DESIGN STUDIO C
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
1.Proposed transport network
2. Proposed Green Zones and canal network
3. Proposed Zoning
AGENDA The
The strategic vision of Bodø as a compact smart city is
expansion. Separation of industry and commerce lines allows
allow for the introduction of new mixed-use, residential
a shifting of focus towards technological and research based
addresses the city’s sprawling industrial development and
proposed
masterplanning
of
Bodø’s
waterfront
realised through the rationalisation of a disparate range
freight traffic to bypass the newly extended urban core which
and office districts. This extends Bodø’s urban core whilst
employment within the city.
disconnected transport infrastructure, re-envisioning
of existing commercial and industrial activities around the bay
is served exclusively by a citywide public Light Rail Transport
replacing the inefficient sprawl of industrial warehouses and
future Bodø as a cohesive ‘Smart City’ with a focus on
which have been categorised into fives groups; commercial
(LRT) network.
isolated industries. The planned development structure
Bodø’s waterfront masterplan will be integral to developing
research innovation and technological development.
fisheries, food processing, manufacture and construction,
operates across 3 scales; Macro, Meso and Micro, resulting
a sustainable, smart city with the required infrastructure to
in the detailing of four individual building proposals.
maintain Bodø’s esteemed reputation as the ‘Gateway to the
consultancy services and ICT. Relocating the Norland University Campus from the
The waterfront becomes an intrinsic part of the public realm with heavy industry relocated to the north-west side of Bodø’s
North’.
suburbs into the center of Bodø will enable collaboration
New rail routes, informed by historical routes, extend
peninsula, utilising the natural bays that the land edge offers
The masterplan is responsive and flexible; considering and
and knowledge sharing alongside both existing and newly
around the peninsula facilitating the efficient circulation of
as designated harbours for fishing industries and exports.
supporting incremental development over time as well
developing industries, facilitating the city’s evolution into an
freight and passenger locomotives around the harbour to
Lighter manufacturing and construction industries will be
as future expansion and adaption in response to socio-
international center for research.
newly created landmark centers which will form the basis for
grouped, densified and set back from the waters edge to
economic developments such as increasing population and
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 17
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
WATERFRONT VILLAGE DEVELOPMENT: The waterfront becomes an intrinsic part of the public realm with heavy industry relocated to the north-west side of Bodø’s peninsula. Lighter manufacturing and
- Bodø, Norway -
- 67° North -
- 67° North -
construction industries will be grouped, densified and set back from the waters edge to allow for the introduction of new mixed-use, residential and office districts to cluster along the waterfront. A series of canals/ piers and shingle soften the edge encouraging engagement with the landscape.
Waterfront Village Development
83
Waterfront Village Development
83
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.1
10.1
11.1
9.2
10.2
11.2
9.3
10.3
11.3
Waterfront Village Development
2.1
Waterfront Village Development
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 18
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
[ CULTURAL QUARTER SITE ANALYSIS ]
Emerging as an intermediate phase of the masterplan, we have identified the north of the harbour as a critical area for detailed development it provides the interface between industry, research and leisure. Being introduced before the surrounding residential blocks have been formalised, it will provide the catalyst for development of the extended urban areas between the university campus and the industrial peninsula. The site is located on the north-west corner of the bay, at the pinch point between the cliff face, transport infrastructure and the waters edge. To address these conditions, the proposal cuts into the reclaimed land and extends the land edge parallel to the cliff face. Creating a south facing sheltered harbour orientated to addresses and to be addressed by the existing city. Served by the existing road network and the proposed LRT terminal, it is envisaged that the new harbour will act as a mixed use accessible waterfront. providing a venue for cultural and recreational activities that celebrate Bodø’s industry and histo§ry. A series of small-scale in-lets introduce water to a sequence of public squares that activate a variety of recreational, civic and industrial typologies. i. Guild Market
ii.Aquaculture Research Centre
iii.Maritime museum
iv. Public Innovation Centre
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 19
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
MASTPERPLAN - PROPOSED EDGE TREATMENT AND RE-;LOCATION OF INDUSTRY
- 67° North -
[ 1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL ]
52
[ 1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL ]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 20
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
[ INITIAL BUILDING PROPOSALS ]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 21
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 22
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
- 67° North -
- Bodø, Norway -
[ 1 :500 MASSING MODEL OF CULTURAL QUARTER ] 63
62
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 23
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
FIELD
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 24
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
GENERAL STUDY CONTEXTUAL STUDY
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE
COURSE OVERVIEW The ambition and scale of most projects at the level of MArch is such that the technical issues are complex and not usually appropriate to standard or routine technique. The growing complexity of the construction process and changing technology suggest that the architect becomes a practitioner–researcher. There is growing need for a deeper relationship between practice and academia, particularly regarding research and its application in practice. The complexity of projects demands that research becomes an important aspect of the design process.
CONTEXTUAL STUDY
GENERAL STUDY Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
Architectural Technology - Generic Study
Methods of building are continually changing. New materials; new processes; and new design tools create an environment where traditional paradigms may have less validity. Architectural programmes take place in a particular location, creating a new context. This sets up complex relationships situated in the links between methods of building, both contemporary and vernacular; materials; topography; climate; transportation; and industry.
[ Contextual Study ]
Biomorphic Facades Future or farce?
Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light
This course is intended to accumulate various sets of information that are both contextual and responsive to contemporary technological issues. The module required research, collation, presentation and dissemination of technical and environmental topics that are appropriate to the scale of complex design projects.
Architectural Technology Research - M.Arch 1 2015/16 -
[Module Handbook]
Marija Ambrasaite - Ben Wylie - Rachel Leatherbarrow 1
LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - An ability to appraise the technological and environmental conditions specific to issues in contemporary architecture, eg sustainable design. LO2 An ability to analyse and synthesise technological and environmental information pertinent to particular context (eg. users, environment).
1
Ben Wylie, Rachel Leatherbarrow & Marija Ambrasaite.
M(Arch) 1 - 2015
General Study: Biomorphic Facades Future or farce? Contextual Study: Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light
LO3 An ability to organise, assimilate and present technological and environmental information in the broad context of architectural design to peer groups. LO4 An understanding of the potential impact of technological and environmental decisions of architectural design on a broader context.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 25
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
[ INTRODUCTION ] Humans have always looked to the forms of nature for architectural inspiration, however the concept of biomimicry as a potentially holistic design tool for efficiency and sustainability has only been around from the around middle of the 20th century 1. The ever popularising practice of applying naturally occurring design principles to our own built environment either in form, function, or a combination of both, is an ongoing and constantly developing field of research. The challenge we face is that the application of ‘biomimetic’ or ‘biomorphic’ design principals will not automatically produce good architecture. The following six case studies explore a range of buildings which inhabit a number of climates and are influenced by an array of natural phenomena. The use of biomorphism has been employed in each case as the primary design driver for the façade on each building in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. Each project has been evaluated on its natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what cost if any this has been achieved. [ EXTRACT ] [ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] Location: Yeosu-si, Jeollanam-do, South Korea Architect: SOMA Completion: 2012 Function: EXPO 2012 Pavilion/Exhibition Hall Climate Zone: Humid continental/subtropical climate Materials: Glass fibre-reinforced polymer (GFRP) Approach: Mechanical - Inspiration The pavilion facade is inspired by the biological mechanics and the way nature responds to the changing environmental conditions1. The kinetic outer skin responds to the direct sun light and prevailing wind directions by interpreting the natural movement principles found within the fish gill tissue which work
GENERAL STUDY as a biological filter that transfer ions and water. While stretching individual lamellas, which form a gill, it also separates carbon dioxide, acids and oxygen from the water. Fish exchange gases by pulling oxygen-rich water through their mouths and pumping it over their gills.2. - Interpretation The extensive climatic conditions analysis was carried out by using parametric design software Transsolar in order to optimise façade performance and reduce energy consumption.3 The kinetic façade was positioned to face prevailing wind directions and created opportunity for the passive ventilation which is achieved by opening lamellas.The giant architectural gill also filters the natural day light before it enters exhibition spaces. The biometic concept of a fish gill has been re-interpreted to facilitate the transfer of air and light within the building4.
The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8.
DESIGN REPORT
[ SAMPLE CHAPTERS 1,2,3 ]
ATR : Generic Study ATR : Generic Study
Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
[ Chapter 1 - Aqua Tower ]
- Interpretation -
[ Chapter 1 - Aqua Tower ]
“An orgy of glass and concrete. It is a thermodynamic obscenity while it takes your breath away. An 82-story heat exchanger in the heart of Chicago”
Location: Chicago, USA Architect: Studio Gang Architects, Chicago Completion: 2010 Function: 82 Storey High rise - Mixed use, hotel, residential. Climate Zone: Humid Continental Materials: Reinforced Concrete, Steel, Glass Approach: Passive
(Lstiburek, 2012)
This ‘natural’ form was chosen for both aesthetic and practical qualities such as maximisation of solar shading and wind deflection. It also allowed for the inflection of balconies based on internal spaces, attaining sight lines within the dense viewing corridors between existing buildings (fig.5) 3. The interpretation of the inspiring biomorphic form is effectively a designed irregularity which claims to provide optimum function within each undulation (fig.6).
fig 5. Facade Concept
8
ATR : Generic Study
9
fig 6. Facade Development
12
fig 1. Aqua Tower, East Facade
ATR : Generic Study
Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
13
Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?
[ Chapter 2 - M.G Gonzales Hospital ]
- Interpretation The biomimetic influence is ultimately on an interpretive operational and aesthetic level, rather than a direct attempt to copy. In order to apply the concept of small scale natural forms over such a large area, the concept required rationalising. The architects utilised a mathematical five fold quasicrystalline grid structure in order to achieve a comparable visual complexity of apparent randomness 2, as well as improving the catchment of light, pollution and winds from all directions 3.
- Performance The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by the space between two façades that form jet nozzles and increase wind speed5. The desired levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres. Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the computer bus-systems which allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to a incandescent bulb used continuously for 4.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position.
DESIGN STUDIO B
RE-CALIBRATING
GENERAL STUDY
BIOMORPHIC FACADES FUTURE OR FARCE?
AMPL
This ‘designed’ complexity is typically achieved through bespoke design and expense in the built environment 4 yet occurs naturally in organic growth. Here it was achieved in a modular manner by maximising efficiency of construction in economies of scale as in nature (fig.4). The façade is composed of only two modules, one X shaped and one I shaped (fig.5). The panels are lightweight thermoformed plastic shells covered in a superfine nano particle Titanium Dioxide powder coating (fig.6).
[ Chapter 2 - Manuel Gea Gonzales Hospital ] Location: Mexico City, Mexico Architect: Elegant Establishments Completion: 2013 Function: Ornamental Pollution Absorbing Hospital Facade Climate Zone: Subtropical Highland Materials: Prosolve 370e Thermoformed Panels, Nano Particle Titanium Dioxide Powder Coating Approach: Passive
fig 4. Innovative Tiling 16
17
fig 5. 1200 Series Double-Sided Modules
fig 1. Prosolve 370e Facade
20
fig 6. Prosolve 370e Modular Panel
21
MATERIALITY & FABRICATION ATR: Generic Study ATR: Generic Study
Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?
Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?
[ Chapter 3 -SAHMRI Research Institute ]
- Interpretation -
DESIGN TOOLS
[ Chapter 3 - SAHMRI Research Institute ]
MATERIALITY & scales in the form of aluminium hoods Woods & Bagot used Interpreting these MATERIALITY & FABRICATION parametric software to visually script and respond to local environmental conditions. FABRICATION MATERIALITY & This simulation enabled the exact size of sunshade required for each window to be FABRICATION
accurately calculated. However, limitations in Revit’s geometry required the thousands of customized hoods generated be rationalized to 25 shapes.4 The design was further divorced from its original driver by the application of a grasshopper blend solution; a gradient control mechanism used to create an even transition from deep to shallow hoods across the facade to create a more even aesthetic.5
Location: North Terrace, Adelaide SA, Australia Architect: Woods & Bagot Completion: 2013 Function: Health and medical research institute Climate zone: Mediterranean climate Materials: Glass, Steel, Aluminum Approach: Passive
North elevation
fig.5: Illustrating Revit rationalisation
North-west elevation
fig.6: Illustrating on-site welding
fig.8 Sketch geometry developed through Rhino setting out zoning principles
DESIGN TOOLS
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY
North elevation North east
24
25
Fig. 1. SAHMRI elevation
fig.4: Illustrating grasshopper simulation
fig.7 Illustrating pre-fabricated panels
elevation
North-west North elevation west elevation
fig.9 Illustrating the parametric design process, to calculate shading parameters for each elevation
BIOMORPHIC FACADES
28
future of farce?
29
BIOMORPHIC FACADES future of farce?
MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW M(Arch) 1 - 2015
MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW M(Arch) 1 - 2015
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 26
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
GENERAL STUDY
[SAMPLE CHAPTERS 4,5,6]
[ CONCLUSION ]
ENVIROMENTAL PERFORMANCE
These case studies have shown that using biomorphism as a design approach has its limitations and does not automatically produce a good design. The fundamental approach of using architecture as a problem solving tool is often overwhelmed by the ambition to introduce an innovative nature-inspired design driver which is either heavily technology led or simply seeking to produce an organic aesthetic. Rather than initially designing a sustainable building the biomorphic facades of the case studies tend to work as a secondary outer skin. The attempt to replicate a biological feature in an architectural language through parametric design and in some cases mechanical systems turns against the passive approaches found in nature contradicting the functions in their original inspiration. As illustrated in the case studies, the biomorphic facades usually formed using synthetic and man-made materials which often require additional energy to produce and do not usually present as sustainable solution. Although most of these buildings have a strong ambition to interpret natural forms and processes, literal form mimicking too often lacks the translation of a form and function relationship. Despite the fact that modelling and simulation software are used during the design development for detailed form optimisation, it normally results in over-simplified solutions to facilitate efficient fabrication. This shows that construction methods and technologies are not yet developed to the level required of the design tools that restricts architects’ design ambitions. Nevertheless, this gives hope that further research into advanced construction methods and digital fabrication may be achieved in the future as our needs develop. When considered with technological development, this will allow a more accurate and efficient biomorphic architectural realisation. Through these case studies it becomes clear that inspiration from nature often goes hand in hand with an ambition to create an iconic façade. This can be prioritised over the creation of high quality interior spaces. As a result, we should not become purely scientific about design. There is surely no doubt that a biomimetic approach to architectural design may provide solutions for current and future architectural problems but the fact remains that we are merely
mimicking nature in our attempts, not creating a perfect copy.1
MEDIA - ICT BUILDING
ATR: Generic Study
[ SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY ] Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion 1. One Ocean – Thematic pavilion for EXPO 2012, 2012, Detail, [online] Available at: http://www.detailonline.com/article/one-ocean-thematic-pavilion-forexpo-2012-16339/ [Accessed on 30.10.15]
ATR: Generic Study
Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?
Location: Architect: Completion: Function: Climate:
Barcelona Spain Enric Ruiz Geli + Cloud 9 Architects 2011 Information and Communication technology hub Sub-tropical Mediterranean climate
Materials: Inspiration:
Glass + steel + ETFE Lungs + Cloud formations
- Performance -
ENVIROMENTAL
[ Chapter 4 - Media ICT Building ] Location: Barcelona, Spain Architect: Enrci Ruiz Geli + Cloud 9 Architects Completion: 2011 Function: Information and Communication Technology Hub Climate zone: Sub-tropical Mediterranean climate Materials: Glass, Steel, ETFE Approach: Mechanical
3. Yeosu Expo Pavilion, 2012, E-Architect, [online] Available at: http://www.e-architect.co.uk/korea/expoyeosu-pavilion [Accessed on 30.10.15] 4. One Ocean – Thematic pavilion for EXPO 2012, 2012, Detail, [online] Available at: http://www.detailonline.com/article/one-ocean-thematic-pavilion-forexpo-2012-16339/ [Accessed on 30.10.15] 5. Soma: one ocean thematic pavilion for yeosu expo 2012 complete, 2012, Design Boom, [online] Available at: http://www.designboom.com/architecture/somaone-oceanthematic-pavilion-for-yeosu-expo-2012complete/ [Accessed on 30.10.15]
Incorporating ETFE as a solar filter has facilitated savings of 20% on cooling costs.7 Efficiency is ensured through each cushion containing its own sensor and control circuit allowing solar and light transmission to be optimized locally.8 The light meter sensors which activate the ETFE skin depending PERFORMANCE on how much solar energy is available, automatically and autonomously activate inflation and deflation devices in the air chambers. The inherent qualities of ETFE as an impermeable membrane with no fixed form allow it to effectively mimic breathing processes and its translucent properties have been utilized to great effect though the application of fritting. However, a criticism of this project lies in the triangular form of the cushions, which arbitrarily follow the diagonal bracing on the façade (seemingly pattern of function).9 The perimeter/area ratio of the triangles and their relatively small size ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH results in a relatively high embodied energy of the façade. Opportunity lies in further explorations into form and a move away from a reliance on mechanical air inflation systems.
32
33
fig.14. Diagram illustrating sensor location within the ETFE cushions
38
fig.1: South West Elevation of Media ICT
39
fig 15: Interior veiw
BIOMORPHIC FACADES
BIOMORPHIC FACADES
future of farce?
future of farce?
MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW
MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW
M(Arch) 1 - 2015
M(Arch) 1 - 2015
ATR : Generic Study
fig.13. Diagram illustrating the computer distribution network
- GENERIC STUDY
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY
2. Gill Tissue, 2010, Wikipedia, [online] Available at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gill [Accessed on 30.10.15]
fig.14 : Image of Opacity achieved using nitrogen gass
Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?
[ Chapter 4 - Media ICT Building ]
ATR : Generic Study
Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?
Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:
[ Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ]
- Performance The façade consists of 2, 098 mashrabiyas driven by a linear actuator that will open and close the units during the day reducing the glare and solar gain inside the office spaces. The series of dynamic screens avoid the need for heavily treated glass, mechanical air conditioning and artificial lighting5. Although the biomorphic façade aimed to improve the views from the building, the massive structure supporting secondary skin creates obstructions. Designers claim that the amount of solar exposure is reduced by 20% and carbon dioxide by 40% a year6. Compared to the reflective glass, which reduces glare and solar gain by 30%, this kinetic secondary skin is not an efficient solution.
[ Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ] Location: Abu Dhabi Architect: Aedas Completion: 2012 Function: Offices Climate Zone: Sub-tropical, arid Materials: PTFE Approach: Mechanical
The translucent umbrella-like units are made from PTFE which was chosen due to its durability, flexibility, resistance to heat and corrosion7. Each panel has its own sensors that allow them to function as an individual organisms in case the other units go out of order. The entire façade is protected by a variety of sensors which open the units in high speed winds and protect form damage. In order to reduce the running cost, the façade is powered by photovoltaic panels located on the roof of the towers8.
40
41
fig 8. Between Two Skins
fig 7. Biometic Facade Filters direct sunlight
fig 1. Al Bahar Tower
fig 9. Structure Supporting Facade
47
46
[ SELECT IMAGE REFERENCES ] Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ATR : Generic Study
fig. 1: Al Bahar Tower Façade , 2012. World Architecture Festival. [online] Available at: http://www. outdoordesign.com.au/news-info/Dynamic-shadingdevice-for-Al-Bahr-Towers/1861.html [Accessed on: 18.10.13] fig. 3: Kinetic Solar Analysis, 2012. Aedas. [online] Available at: http://www.ctbuh.org/TallBuildings/ FeaturedTallBuildings/ AlBaharTowersAbuDhabi/ tabid/3845/language/en-US/Default.aspx [Accessed on: 18.10.13] fig. 4: Diagram by Author
ATR : Generic Study
Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?
Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:
[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]
- Inspiration -
[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] Location: Yeosu-si, Jeollanam-do, South Korea Architect: SOMA Completion: 2012 Function: EXPO 2012 Pavilion/Exhibition Hall Climate Zone: Humid continental/subtropical climate Materials: Glass fibre-reinforced polymer (GFRP) Approach: Mechanical
fig 1. Open facade during day
The pavilion facade is inspired by the biological mechanics and the way nature responds to the changing environmental conditions1. The kinetic outer skin responds to the direct sun light and prevailing wind directions by interpreting the natural movement principles found within the fish gill tissue which work as a biological filter that transfer ions and water. While stretching individual lamellas, which form a gill, it also separates carbon dioxide, acids and oxygen from the water. Fish exchange gases by pulling oxygen-rich water through their mouths and pumping it over their gills2.
fig 3. Gill Tissue
48
49
fig 2. Closed facade during night
50
51
fig 4. Individual Lamellas
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 27
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO ATR C : Generic Study ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
GENERAL STUDY
ATR : Generic Study
REPORT EXTRACT:
[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]
SC[R] AT
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
ATR : Generic Study
DESIGN REPORT
Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?
Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:
- Interpretation -
- Performance -
STUDIO G
Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?
[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]
ATR : Generic Study
MArch II Farce?DESIGN Façades: Biomorphic Facades: Future or
extensive The facade moves by elastically stretchingThe individual finsclimatic that spanconditions up to 13 meters. analysis was carried by using Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the buildingout as well as controlling design software Transsolar natural ventilation with lightly increased airparametric flow.] The ventilation efficiency is achieved byin [ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion 5 . The desired the space between two façades that form jet order nozzlestoand increase wind speed optimise façade performance and Interpretation 3 levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by energy adjustingconsumption the gap between louvres. . The kinetic reduce
[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]
fig 6. Biomechani
- Performance -
façade was positioned to face prevailing
The extensive climatic Rather than adapting passively to theconditions weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the wind directions and created analysis was carried outthe by using computer bus-systems which allows synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The opportunity for the passive ventilation design software Transsolar in kilowatts four-computer parametric operation consumes a maximum of 80 which is equivalent to a order to optimise façade performance which and is achieved by opening lamellas. incandescent bulb used continuously for 34.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced The kinetic reduce energy consumption . The giant architectural gill also by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of thefilters the façade was positioned to face prevailing ATR : Generic Study natural day light before it enters mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. wind directions and created exhibition spaces. The biometic concept opportunity for the passive ventilation ATR : Generic Study The glass fibre which reinforced polymerbyfaçade fins are e-coated in the reduction of alamellas. fish gill hasresulting been re-interpreted to in is achieved opening the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to facilitate The giant architectural gill also filters thethe transfer of air and light with[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] 8 . last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free 4 natural day light before it enters in the building . exhibition spaces. The biometic concept [ Chapterto 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] of a fish gill has been re-interpreted facilitate the transfer of air and light with- Interpretation in the building4.
The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce? the space between two façades that form jet nozzles and increase wind speed5. The desired levels Façades: Future Biomorphic Facades: or Farce?of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres.
fig 6. Biomechanics interpretation
Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the computer bus-systems which allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to a - Performance incandescent bulb used continuously for 4.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced fig 5. Facade Prototype The extensive climatic conditions The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the analysis was carried out by using Opening andsoftware closing lamellas parametric design Transsolar in reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling fig 6. Biomechanics interpretation mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. order to optimise façade performance and fig 5. Facade Prototype
natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by reduce energy consumption . The kinetic 5 fig. 8 increase & 9 Facade filters sunlight . The desired the space between façades that form jet nozzles and winddirect speed façade was positioned to two face prevailing and creates natural ventilation The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in wind directions and created levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres. 3
opportunity for the passive ventilation which is achieved by opening lamellas. 54 The giant architectural gill also filters the Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the natural day light before it enters 6 computer bus-systems exhibition spaces. The biometic which concept allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres . The of a fish gill has been re-interpreted to four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to 52 a facilitate the transfer of air and light with7 incandescent in the building4. bulb used continuously for 4.2 days . The energy consumption is reduced
the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to 55 last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8. 52
fig. 10 Changing facade
53
53
fig 7. Different La fig 7. Different Lamellas’ positions
fig 5. Facade Prototype
by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8. 52
53
fig 7. Different Lamellas’ positions
fig. 8 & 9 Facade filters direct sunlight and creates natural ventilation
54
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1 fig. 8 & 9 Facade filters direct sunlight and creates natural ventilation
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
55
ATTRIBUTES
2.6
2.7
page 28
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTEXTUAL STUDY
KINETIC ROOF SYSTEMS; AN EXPLORATION IN REFLECTION AND REFRACTION OF LIGHT CONTEXTUAL STUDY
[ ABSTRACT ]
A secondary line of investigation was into how these twisting structures could provide a visually stimulating adaptable solution to shading different zones within multi-functional spaces. The reports conclusions find that specific form and finish combinations, arising from the range of materials tested, provide optimal characteristic qualities in response to the specific demands of buildings at different latitudes. Through exploration of observed trends in material qualities associated with specific geographic locations, we are able to analyse the possible beneficial opportunities associated with scaling the examined principles into a real world application of such a roofing system.
[ INTRODUCTION ] The preceding generic study report; ‘‘Biomorphic Architecture; Future or Farce?’’, examined a range of completed buildings across a range of climates and typologies in which biomimicry and biomorphism had been employed as the primary design driver for the facade in form, function or a combination of the two. This design attitude was employed in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. The six case studies were evaluated on their natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what negative consequence if any this has been achieved. It was concluded that while there are
certainly gains to be had from biomorphic design principals, it is often the case that the integral form and function relationship which appears in the natural world is diluted or lost all together in the architect’s effort to re-interpret and rationalize a naturally occurring biological concept into an appropriate architectural language. Select case studies provided responsive, passive solar shading through a range of kinetic façade designs. Though successful to a degree, there was a general trend in which the complex support structures or shading mechanisms themselves created unavoidably harsh shadows within the interior environment. The effect of rationalizing natural forms into fabricated architecture often produced harsh geometries lacking the fluid form and material qualities of its inspiration. Light is perhaps one of the most decisive attributes of a building and while general lux comfort levels can be attributed to certain activities and settings, the psychology of light and shadows are inherently subjective to each individual user. The light quality of interior spaces within the biomorphic case study buildings seemed to be somewhat neglected despite the control of solar gain being the prime function of the facades design, for example in the SHAMRI Research Institute and the Al-Bahar Towers.
[ Introduction ]
[ Abstract ]
[ Hypothesis ] created unavoidably harsh shadows within the interior environment. The effect of rationalizing natural forms into fabricated architecture often produced harsh geometries lacking the fluid form and material qualities of its inspiration. Light is perhaps one of the most decisive attributes of a building and while general lux comfort levels can be attributed to certain activities and settings, the psychology of light and shadows are inherently subjective to each individual user. The light quality of interior spaces within the biomorphic case study buildings seemed to be somewhat neglected despite the control of solar gain being the prime function of the facades design, for example in the SHAMRI Research Institute and the Al-Bahar Towers.
Generic Study Recap
THIS STUDY INVESTIGATES the application of adaptable kinetic roof systems in order to control the distribution of light and shadow within interior spaces through reflection and refraction of ambient sunlight. The principal is applied and analysed in relation to solar paths across a range of latitudes. Through scale model representation, a range of materials providing a series of light reflecting, refracting and diffusing properties were tested within controlled conditions in an effort to replicate real life lighting situations.
THE PRECEDING GENERIC STUDY report; ‘‘Biomorphic Architecture; Future or Farce?’’, examined a range of completed buildings across a range of climates and typologies in which biomimicry and biomorphism had been employed as the primary design driver for the facade in form, function or a combination of the two. This design attitude was employed in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. The six case studies were evaluated on their natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what negative consequence if any this has been achieved. It was concluded that while there are certainly gains to be had from biomorphic design principals, it is often the case that the integral form and function relationship which appears in the natural world is diluted or lost all together in the architect’s effort to re-interpret and rationalize a naturally occurring biological concept into an appropriate architectural language.
The primary objective is to examine the potential application of flexible tensile roof structures in order to provide passive solar lighting to large scale interior spaces such as atriums and galleries. A secondary line of investigation was into how these twisting structures could provide a visually stimulating adaptable solution to shading different zones within multi-functional spaces. The reports conclusions find that specific form and finish combinations, arising from the range of materials tested, provide optimal characteristic qualities in response to the specific demands of buildings at different latitudes. Through exploration of observed trends in material qualities associated with specific geographic locations, we are able to analyse the possible beneficial opportunities associated with scaling the examined principles into a real world application of such a roofing system.
fig.1.1
THE HYPOTHESIS IS that a pliable shading system, based on the concept of the natural technology found in fish scales will provide opportunity for passive multidirectional light reflectance and shading control. fig.2.1
In twisting the fins nodes independently, thus exposing multiple fin surfaces to direct light, the combination of different luminous factors and increasing complexity of relationship between curved faces may allow for diffusion of reflected and refracted light throughout the space.
Taking the One Ocean Pavilions (fig1.1+2) dynamic facade operating method and biomorphic precedent of fish gills as a starting point, this study seeks to build upon the fundamental concepts applied within this building by combining material and function specific criteria factors. The exploration aims to provide insight into an adaptive architectural language in roof design which can be applied and fine tuned to work across a range of geographic locations.
It is hypothesized that the prototypes ability to twist will create a dynamic range of otherwise unattainable light and shadow effects compared to a static shading system.
5
fig.2.2
fig.4.1
8
4
0
20
40
60 0
60
80
100 lux
[ Methodology ]
[ Methodology ]
Data Analysis
Latitudinal Geo-locations IN ORDER TO appropriate real life architectural application from the experiments results three geographic locations have been chosen to provide contrasting solar conditions. Location 1 is Bodø; situated within the Arctic circle, it recieves minimal solar gain due to the low angle of the sun throughout the year. Buildings at this latitude would likely benefit most from the re-
direction of sunlight rather than shading. Location 2 is Edinburgh; whilst not only being the city in which we are based, it provides a middle ground for testing in recieveing a higher summer solstice angle. Location 3 is the city of Havana which lies on the Tropic of Cancer, meaning that during the
fig.5.1
[ Methodology ]
summer solstice the sun sits directly overhead at 90° elevation. In this situation shading would be of the highest priority. The three locations provide a sufficient range of latitudinal situations from which to draw conclusions from the gathered information about where each material qualities would best be suited for use in a kinetic roof system.
fig.5.2
- POSTERIZE ; verb Print or display (a photograph or other image) using only a small number of different tones.
Data Gathering
fig.5.3
Location 1 Bodø, Norway Latitude : 67 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 45 °
Location 2 Edinburgh, Scotland Latitude : 55 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 67.5 °
For this experiment digital images were posterised to create a visual representation of Light Gradiation within the scene through brightness separation. These greyscale images (fig.5.6) can be used as a tool for quantative analysis and interpretation of the light in a space when compared against a percentage scale which relates to the maximum and minimum Lux levels observed (0-100). All photos were taken using the same exposure settings (ISO, White Balance, Shutter Speed etc.) and treated with an identical digital posterization effect in Adobe Photoshop in order to create a uniform data set for comparison and analysis.
Havana
90
Edinburgh
A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground
Location 3 Havana, Cuba Latitude : 23.5 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 90 °
THE USE OF measured light (lux) readings and greyscale posterization of digital images allowed the analysis of both quantitative and qualitative information regarding the behavior of passive sunlight within each test. The digital image allows for the comparison and analysis of several lighting conditions in a systematic manner. It provides a medium to represent relationships between patterns of light and composition of space.
level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings were taken in the same position within the space in order to calculate, compare and analyse the levels (lux) of light entering the test scene through different materials and fin positions.
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT test scene was comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° at each node allowing the two ends of fin material to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles. The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials surface luminance - how much light is reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on the room 2 - remained consistent within each set of test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°.
Bodo
45
0
20
40
fig.5.6 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130
11
Ground Level Illuminance (lux)
fig.5.4
9 10
The question to be investigated in this report is the way in which a kinetic system could feasibly provide both active shading and adaptable passive sunlight manipulation through sunlight reflection and refraction within interior spaces.
fig.5.5
[ Materials ]
[ Materials ]
For the purposes of this study the ‘Luminous factor’ may be defined as “the amount of light reflected from the surface divided by the ‘amount of light’ received by the surface”. 3
APPLYING THE PRINCIPLES of ‘build-ability’ scalable modules were adopted in designing the detail of the fins; applying techniques of pleating, repetition and standardization.
fig. 6.1 (a) Perfect diffusers
(b) Typical white paper
(c) Typical black paper
The darker and rougher a material the less incident light is reflected. It was therefore hypothesized that the light and glossy prototypes would have the greatest impacts when the suns angle of incidents is low as the amount of light reflected into the atrium will be maximized.
A range of colours and varying textures were employed in order to vary the ‘luminous factor’ of each prototype.
(d) Retro-reflective surface
This issue was exacerbated by the twisting mechanism of the kinetic fins, as the materials needed to perform well in tension and also cope with the shear force exerted during their rotation. The materials thus required a degree of elasticity. Through testing, fabrics and plastics were identified as the most suitable materials for this function and were easily malleable at this scale.
Material
Dark
Control Leather
2. Leather
3. PVC Fabric
4. Rubber
5. Metallic Mesh
✓ ✓ ✓
Rubber
✓
Metallic Mesh
Plastic Cylinders
7. Gold Leaf
8. Acetate Frit
Perforated
✓ ✓✓
✓
Transparent
✓
✓✓
✓✓ ✓
✓
✓
Rigid
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
100 lux
0 + 90 O
90 + 90
O
O
67.5
O
Edinburgh, UK ✓✓ ✓
✓
✓ ✓
90 Havana, Cuba
✓✓
O
fig.8.73-84
fig 6.12
13
O
O
✓
✓ ✓
80
60
O
45 Bodo, Norway
✓ ✓
40
0 +0
Bright PVC material covered in irregular gold leaf pattern brightened the interior space in Bodo. Once the fins were opened the material reflected light towards the dark end of the room. The gold leaf was the least effective in Edinburgh. In all cases it created dramatic shadows, but did not direct light within the atrium. The biggest contrast again could be noticed in Havana where the material worked well as a shading device whilst closed, allowing most of the light through while opened. Generally, the material did not perform particularly well and the gold leaf pattern did not have a significant influence on the reflection of light.
Flexible
✓
✓
✓ ✓
Semi-Translucent
✓✓
✓
✓
Opaque
20
O
9. Plastic Cylinder
fig. 6.2 - 6.10
12
Reflective
✓
✓
Gold Leaf Acetate Frit
Matt Glossy
✓
PVC Fabric
Crimped Foil
6. Crimped Foil
Light
0
Qualitative Analysis - Gold Leaf
fig 6.11
A NUMBER OF PROTOTYPES were fabricated and analyzed as potential materials for the fins. Materials were chosen on the basis of their contrasting attributes in order to produce the broadest possible range of light qualities within the test model. Working at a scale of 1:50 meant that typical building materials used for shading such as steel fins or polycarbonate panels were an inappropriate choice, owing to their rigidity at such small modules.
[ Analysis ]
The twisting nature of the fins was utilized through the implementation of double sided materials (fig. 6.11) This allows the ratio of matt to polished surface of each fin to vary in response to the degree of rotation, thus altering the Luminous factor of each fin.
1. Control
Taking the One Ocean Pavilions (fig1.1+2) dynamic facade operating method and biomorphic precedent of fish gills as a starting point, this study seeks to build upon the fundamental concepts applied within this building by combining material and function specific criteria factors. The exploration aims to provide insight into an adaptive architectural language in roof design which can be applied and fine tuned to work across a range of geographic locations.
The expected results of increasing the rotation angle of the fins in relation to the specific solar elevation are that reflective surfaces will allow more incident light re-direction into otherwise shaded areas, whereas rough surfaces will be better suited for shading purposes.
The question to be investigated in this report is the way in which a kinetic system could feasibly provide both active shading and adaptable passive sunlight manipulation through sunlight reflection and refraction within interior spaces.
Select case studies provided responsive, passive solar shading through a range of kinetic façade designs. Though successful to a degree, there was a general trend in which the complex support structures or shading mechanisms themselves
Solar Elevation °
This study investigates the application of adaptable kinetic roof systems in order to control the distribution of light and shadow within interior spaces through reflection and refraction of ambient sunlight. The principal is applied and analysed in relation to solar paths across a range of latitudes. Through scale model representation, a range of materials providing a series of light reflecting, refracting and diffusing properties were tested within controlled conditions in an effort to replicate real life lighting situations. The primary objective is to examine the potential application of flexible tensile roof structures in order to provide passive solar lighting to large scale interior spaces such as atriums and galleries.
23
SAMPLE PAGES [ Pages 2-8,15 ]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 29
8020
10040lux
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTEXTUAL STUDY
[ Results ]
[ HYPOTHESIS ] The hypothesis is that a pliable shading system, based on the concept of the natural technology found in fish scales will provide opportunity for passive multidirectional light reflectance and shading control. The expected results of increasing the rotation angle of the fins in relation to the specific solar elevation are that reflective surfaces will allow more incident light redirection into otherwise shaded areas, whereas rough surfaces will be better suited for shading purposes. In twisting the fins nodes independently, thus exposing multiple fin surfaces to direct light, the combination of different luminous factors and increasing complexity of relationship between curved faces may allow for diffusion of reflected and refracted light throughout the space. It is hypothesized that the prototypes ability to twist will create a dynamic range of otherwise unattainable light and shadow effects compared to a static shading system.
[ METHODOLOGY EXTRACT ] P9 In order to appropriate real life architectural application from the experiments results three geographic locations have been chosen to provide contrasting solar conditions. Location 1 - is Bodø; situated within the Arctic circle, it recieves minimal solar gain due to the low angle of the sun throughout the year. Buildings at this latitude would likely benefit most from the re-direction of sunlight rather than shading. Location 2 - is Edinburgh; whilst not only being the city in which we are based, it provides a middle ground for testing in recieveing a higher summer solstice angle. Location 3 - is the city of Havana which lies on the Tropic of Cancer, meaning that during the summer solstice the sun sits directly overhead at 90° elevation. In this situation shading would be of the highest priority. The three locations provide a sufficient range of latitudinal situations from which to draw conclusions from the gathered information about where each material qualities would best be suited for use in a kinetic roof system.
[ DATA GATHERING ] 0 +0 O
The photographic light test scene was comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° at each node allowing the two ends of fin material to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles.
0 + 45 O
O
0 + 90 O
O
0 + 180 O
90 + 90
O
O
O
Control
The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials surface luminance - how much light is reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on the room 2 - remained consistent within each set of test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°. A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings were taken in the same position within the space in order to calculate, compare and analyse the levels (lux) of light entering the test scene through different materials and fin positions.
O
Leather
PVC fig.7.1-15
14
[ Analysis ] Quantitative Analysis Edinburgh - Summer Solstice 67.5°
LUX
Edinburgh receives more intense sunlight than Bodo thus the control lux level was increased to 90 lux. As a result of this increase and the less extreme angle of sunlight, less dense/ more transparent fins previously inefficient in Bodo began to produce more promising results and evidence of reflection of light could be seen in prototypes 3 and 5.
The Metallic mesh (no.5) was particularly effective at reflecting light into the atrium however this prototype performed poorly when closed, doing little to reduce light intensity. Broader ranges of lux levels were achieved across all the prototypes with the most effective being the PVC fabric (no.3) proving to be both an effective reflector and shading device. Key Fins closed Fins open 90° No fins (control) Range
[ DATA ANALYSIS ]
Control
- POSTERIZE ; verb Print or display (a photograph or other image) using only a small number of different tones. The use of measured light (lux) readings and greyscale posterization of digital images allowed the analysis of both quantitative and qualitative information regarding the behavior of passive sunlight within each test. The digital image allows for the comparison and analysis of several lighting conditions in a systematic manner. It provides a medium to represent relationships between patterns of light and composition of space.
fig 9.7. PVC Fabric- identified as the most successful fin system in the Edinburgh climate.
MATERIALS
fig 9.8. Scatter graph of lux readings taken for each of the prototypes with fins respectively at 90° & 180°
.
fig.10.8 - Kinetic Roof Installation 2 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room
28
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 30
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTEXTUAL STUDY
REPORT EXTRACT:
[ Concept ] [ Concept ]
Design Interpretation THE KINETIC FIN DESIGN is a result of simplifying the Photonic Crystal concept found in fish and re-interpreting it. Not must THEscales KINETIC FIN DESIGN is aonly result of this be donetheinPhotonic a realistic architectural manner, simplifying Crystal concept found in but oneand which is feasibly manufactured fish also scales re-interpreting it. Not only when must employed within relative constraintsmanner, of the [ Hypothesis ] in athe this be done realistic architectural studio but alsoenvironment. one which is feasibly manufactured when employed within the relative constraints of the [ Hypothesis ] Where-as it would not be feasible to attempt studio environment. replicating the way it which different wavelengths of light areit disrupted the multi layer Where-as would not within be feasible to attempt replicating the way it which different wavelengths Key within the multi layer of light are disrupted
[ Analysis ]
structure of Photonic Crystals, the principal idea will alter the overall Luminance of the test scene of reflecting light through movement has formed as will a contrast or change in surface textures. the basis of experiment. Thesealter combinations can be utilised order to structure ofthe Photonic Crystals, the principal idea the overall Luminance of theintest scene To analyse the impact will of light addition to increasing light manage behaviour to suit climatic of reflecting light through movement has formed as will aIn contrast or change in different surface textures. Rotating twisting the kinetic facilitates the shaded and programmatic settings. twisting thefins fins in the the basis and of the experiment. These combinations can be utilised order to levels threefold, it also in achieved utilisation of both faces the material multimanage lighteven behaviour to suit different climatic area ofofthe atriumfor additional lux an distribution of light. A directional reflection. The sided Rotating andlight twisting the kinetic finsdouble facilitates the and programmatic settings. readings were taken in Bodo. visually interesting by-product structure allowsoftwo utilisationtherefore of both faces the contrasting material forfinishes multito be appliedlight either side of the The fin. directional reflection. double sidedsupport of extreme rotation was the The results shown below structure therefore allowsconclusions two contrasting finishes the from the shadow patterns occurring on A and low reflectance to high be applied either side of thesurface fin. combination
Quantitative Analysis Twisting Phenomenon
fig 9.3. Test model subject to Bodo lighting condition
[ Methodology ]
posterization study identifying the walls and floor (fig.9.5). Data Gathering
A high and lowthe reflectance foil as surface highlycombination effective.
Fins twisted Control (no fins)
level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings THE PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT test scene was were taken in the same position within the space comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with in order to calculate, compare and analyse the interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fig.3.3 fig 9.4. levels Even(lux) lightof light entering the test scene through fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, distribution created with and fin positions. different materials colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° fig.3.3 at each node allowing the two ends of fin material foil fins. to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles.
0O + 0O
0O + 45O
0O + 90O
0O + 0O
0O + 45O
0O + 90O
The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials 0surface + 180 luminance - how much light 90 +is90 reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on 90 0the + 180 + 90each set of room 2 - remained consistent 90 within fig 9.5. Sculptural Light test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order patterns produced as a to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three result of twisting. selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°. 45
7 7
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground
10
Havana Edinburgh
Solar Elevation °
Design Interpretation
0
10
20
30
40
Bodo
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130
Ground Level Illuminance (lux)
fig.5.4
fig 9.6 Scatter graph of lux readings at the rear of the atrium for each of the prototype.
fig.5.5
27
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 31
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTEXTUAL STUDY
[ CONCLUSION ]
[ ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATION ]
Although some prototypes proved more effective than others, the kinetic roofing system as a whole produced marked benefits toward interior daylight quality across all three latitudes.
Scaling the concept of the kinetic roof system in order provide adaptable lighting and shading to interior spaces would rely on a number of different criteria. Firstly, the application of such a system would be best exploited in a large scale architectural setting as was assumed in the 1:50 test scene over smaller ones. The materiality of any such structures would be of key importance. This experiment has identified specific material qualities and finishes which best lend themselves to light reflection, refraction and shading functions in different geographic locations.
In Havana, the adoption of leather fins achieved a blackout effect even under the most intense daylight simulation. This provides valuable protection from overheating, a common problem at equatorial latitudes. The combination of two different luminous factors (contrasting matt and gloss finishes) on each side of the leather added a further dimension to the system, as a diverse range of lux levels could be achieved depending on the direction in which the fins were twisted. In Edinburgh, the opaque and reflective qualities of the PVC fins simultaneously reduced glare and optimized lux levels within the space. The perforated and semitranslucent prototypes were also relatively successful in this environment. When not subjected to extremes of sunlight these prototypes produced a diffuse ambient lighting. The variation when these fins were twisted or closed however was negligible. The application of the kinetic roof system produced by far the most dramatic results in Bodo. The highly reflective crimped foil prototype was able to capture and redirect what little sunlight there was, creating an even light distribution within the space.
It is presumed that the nine prototypes analysed would operate in the same manner if applied at a 1:1 scale. However, it would be impractical to scale up these materials to such an extreme. Rather, their inherent qualities should be closely matched with viable construction materials such as glass reinforced polymers, plastics or polycarbonates. Secondly, the purpose of application is open for debate. In its current form, based on both sets of data analysis, it is proposed the twisting roof structure would be best suited to exploit the qualitative nature of its light and shadow control. If used in an installation setting (fig 10.7), not only would it provide a visually stimulating architectural gesture in itself. It would also utilize the structures ability to manipulate the quality of light within an interior space.
fig.10.7 - Kinetic Roof Installation 1 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room
[ BIBLIOGRAPHY EXTRACT ]
Rindorf. Hans Jorgen. (1978) “Luminance Reflectances Explanation and calculation of contrast” Bruel & Kjaer [online] Available at: http://www.bksv.co.uk/doc/18-231.pdf [Accessed on 06.01.16]
The systems reliance on a such a large number of site specific criteria in order to operate at full capacity in both shading and lighting functions would restrict it from being implemented as a be-all and end-all solution for passive light control in a any large scale space. Effective operation relies on geographic bearing, direct light exposure, light intensity and changes in annual sun path cycles.
Architizer. (2012). One Ocean. Retrieved January 6, 2016, from Architizer: http://architizer. com/projects/one-ocean/
The bi-product of shadow patterns observed on In order for the system to be a comprehensive the walls and floor of the space produced strong architectural solution for controled passive light fig.10.7 - Kinetic Roof Installation 1 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room atmospheric qualities which suggested a practical and shadow manipulation, further exploration and application of this prototype as some form of sculptural refinement would be required to achieve the required installation. degree of control and variability.
Demers C., January 2006, Assessing light in architecture: A numerical procedure for a qualitative and quantitative analysis. Research Gate, p. 1-9 Gill, V. (2008, January 11). Fish scales hold dazzling secret. Retrieved November 23, 2015, from Royal Society of Chemistry: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ anie.201205336/full
[ IMAGE REFERENCES EXTRACT ]
[ REFERENCES EXTRACT ]
Ogwezi B., Bonser R., Cook G., Sakula J., 2011, Multifunctional, Adaptable Facades. University of Reading
fig.2.1 : Architizer. (2012). One Ocean. Retrieved January 6, 2016, from Architizer: http:// architizer.com/projects/one-ocean/
Additionally, the pleated structure gave it excellent elasticity, allowing the fins to twist up to 270°. This extensive range of movement produced a wide variety of surface angles, allowing sunlight to be manipulated and redirected with great accuracy. This result reflected the original design inspiration of omnidirectional light reflection within the scales of fish.
Autodesk. (n.d.). Measuring Light Levels. Retrieved Jan 06, 2016, from Autodesk Sustainability Workshop: http://sustainabilityworkshop.autodesk.com/buildings/measuring-light-levels Bakkera L.G., Hoes E.C.M., Loonenb R.C.G.M., Hensenb J.L.M., n.a,User satisfaction and interaction with automated dynamic facades: a pilot study. The Netherlands Organization for Applied Scientific Research
Rodriguez A., 2009, Controlling Daylight to Optimize Light Quality. Centre of Sustainable Development, p. 5-13 WASTIELS, Lisa and WOUTERS, Ine. (2009) “Material Considerations in Architectural Design: A Study of the Aspects Identified by Architects for Selecting Materials”, Available from Sheffield Hallam University Research Archive (SHURA) at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/511/ [Accessed on 06.01.16]
fig.1.1 : Authors Own
1. Gill, V. (2008, January 11). Fish scales hold dazzling secret. Retrieved November 23, 2015, from Royal Society of Chemistry: http://onlinelibrary. wiley.com/doi/10.1002/anie.201205336/full 2. Agoston. George A. (1978), Color Theory and Its Application in Art and Design, Springer, p.55.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 32
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
MASTERPLANNING BUILDING PROPOSITION ARTICULATION
SEMESTER 2 COLLABORATORS: BEN WYLIE, THOMAS WADDINGTON, FAITH WOOD
North Studio IV: Earth & Ocean 76 ° North Bodo - Norway
COURSE OVERVIEW: This studio brings a conclusion to our ideas into making and placing architecture at the edge of the northern temperate zone. Having researched, analysed and documented Bodo in order to get an understanding of the traditional Norwegian culture. Discovering the importance of the close relationship between people and nature within this community and man’s tenuous existence. Having made architectural proposals across this huge granite land mass in this unforgiving climate and politically rich environment, to communicate and test findings and to form a rigorous base to a particular line of enquiry “…in our veins the exact same percentage of salt in our blood that exists in the ocean, and, therefore, we have salt in our blood, in our sweat, in our tears. We are tied to the ocean. And when we go back to the sea – whether it is to sail or to watch it – we are going back from whence we came.” - John F. Kennedy
LO1 - The ability to develop and act upon a productive conceptual framework both individually
and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues.
LO2 - The ability to develop an architectural spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns.
LO3 - The ability to investigate, appraise and develop clear strategies for technological and environmental decisions in an architectural design project.
LO4 - A critical understanding of the effects of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (e.g. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 33
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
MASTERPLANNING
MASTERPLAN - TIMELINE fish market will be built to celebrate the processes
The master plan will be implemented over a
of the fisheries and algaculture in Nordland whilst
sequence of 6 key phases, envisaged over a period
acting as a platform for smaller fisheries to trade
of 30 years:
their catch.
PHASE 1. Central Transport Hub This will link
PHASE 4. University Campus and Waters Edge
Bodø’s historic city centre and ‘Bodø Nord’ by
Development. As the University grows and student
building upon
numbers increase, development will begin at the
the existing infrastructure of the train station, ferry
waters edge at the transport hub ignited by the
terminal and road networks. This area will be the
transport hub and the University in turn. A series
terminus for the proposed LRT which connects the
of inlets cut through the existing reclaimed land to
city’s key civic amenities and new masterplan, as
create new sheltered waterfronts that facilitate a
well as extending to residential areas to encourage
connection to the ocean, whilst offering protection
the use of public transport in Bodø.
from the harsh weather experienced at the exposed
PHASE 2. Heavy Industry Relocation Heavy industry
is heightened, the introduction of a Maritime
coastal edge. As the interest in Bodø and its history Museum will bring tourists to the newly developing
is grouped and densified to enable its relocation
‘Bodø Nord’ in the north of the harbour. As new tech
away from the urban core to the north-west side of
based industries emerge and population increases
the peninsula with connected companies operating
in the area, the need for a public space to facilitate
around two specialized ports. As part of the
cross collaboration between the public and these
relocation process, visual buffers are created on the
industries will develop. A Public Innovation Centre
South side of the peninsula to soften views around the bay and a coastal walk introduced.
will encourage small start-ups in the area and
PHASE 3. Manufacturing and Construction Industry
development of Bodø as
Relocation
Manufacturing
and
provide the community with an insight into the a SmartCity.
construction
industries are relocated to the north of the city,
PHASE 5. Technical and Cultural Expansion As
positioning them near the site of the newly relocated
the university expands in the field of research,
Nordland University in order for the industries to
it will inform the diversification of the industries
inform and be informed by the research conducted
in Bodø. As a result, more technology-based
at the University. As the university’s presence
industries are expected to develop around the new
continues to grow in Bodø, the university campus
Nord University campus, leaching into the current
will gradually shift from its current location on
manufacturing and construction areas of the city. As
the outskirts of Bodø to the centre, becoming a
part of this phase the Urban Lab Scheme will be put
research centre for the north of Norway, pioneering
into place. Urban Lab is a tool to facilitate the use
in research, knowledge and innovation. To facilitate
of public spaces in the city to carry out tests and
the university’s research in aquaculture and marine
pilot programs on products and services that have
biology, a university outpost on the water’s edge
an urban impact and are in the pre-market stage.
will be instated. This Aquaculture Research Centre
The first of these tests will be the use of a site north
will bridge the gap between industry and the
of Bodø Nord at the edge of the cultural quarter as
new university campus whilst informing the future
a e-car park. As the scheme develops, further sites
diversification needed in the existing fishing
around the city will be utilised to continue the idea
industry in Bodø and offering teaching facilities for
of the city as an urban laboratory.
the university and community. In the same area a
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 34
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
MASTERPLANNING
- Bodø, Norway -
VEIWS & AXIS STUDY
ROUTES AND CONNECTIVITY
EDGE CONDITIONING
1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 35
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
MASTERPLANNING
List of figures from top left: Diagrammatic Axonometric - detailing the new proposed ‘Cultural Quarter’ comprised of four interrelating schemes: community centre/ guild market/ nautical museum & open research laboratory. 3. Photographs of the 10 000 Masterplan within the context of the whole city of Bodo. / 1:10 000 Infrastructure Masterplan ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
Bodø Nord Axonometric
10.1
11.1
9.2
10.2
11.2
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 36
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BUILDING PROPOSITION
FROM LEFT TO RIGHT: 1: 500 Ground floor plans and landscaping strategy showing the interrelationship of the 4 schemes within the new harbour. Photographs of 1:500 massing model of the Cultural Quarter
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 37
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BUILDING PROPOSITION
ELEVATION STUDIES:
UNFOLDED ELEVATION OF THE CULTURAL QUARTER WATER FRONTAGE
AQUACULTURE RESEARCH CENTRE
MARITIME MUSEUM
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 38
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BUILDING PROPOSITION
ELEVATION STUDIES:
CIVIC INNOVATION COMMUNITY CENTRE
STEPPED PLAZA
Hard Landscaping
111 SHINGLE WATERFRONT
GUILD MARKET
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 39
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BUILDING PROPOSITION
FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: GUILD MARKET SITE PLAN / 1: 100 MODEL KEY
D
B
A
A
B
C
C
1. Pontoon 2. Gangway 3. Loading dock 4. Jetty 5. Bike racks 6. Heavy vehicle loading 7. Saw mill 8. Workshop 9. Logging vehicle lots 10. Delivery ramp 11. Meeting room 12. Reception 13. Hunting store 14, Common room 15. Butchers hall 16. Cured meat market 17. Fresh meat market 18. Lobby 19. Craftworks exhibition 20. Colonnade 21. Ice store
22. Cold store 23. Lobby 24. Fish market 25. Lobby 26. Cloakroom 27. Reception 28. Servery 29. Teaching kitchen 30. Shower and changing facilities 31. Locker Room 32, Staff Entrance 33. Smoker 34. Civic innovation centre 35. Shingle beach 36. Summer market 37. Winter market 38. Supermarket 39. LRT/ Tourism pavillion 40. Sunken courtyard 41. Boat building workshop
D
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 40
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
1:500 MAQUETTE
high tide
high tide
low tide
Section B-B EAST Meat Hall and tannery craft rooms
low tide
Section D-D EAST Outdoor and indoor market (overlooked by administration and conference rooms)
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 41
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
Mezzanine floor 1:500
fig 1.
114
115
First floor 1:500
fig 2.
Second floor 1:500
fig 3.
List of Figures: fig1. 1:100 model Roof detail. fig 2. Facade detail of fish market 1:50 model. fig. 3 Structural model showing Roof lights and Colonade detail of the covered market. fig. 4. 1:100 Sectional Model of Smokery & Cookery School.
Roof plan 1:500
fig 4.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 42
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
Section C-C SOUTH Fisk røyker og restaurant / Fish smokery and restaurant
Fiskerestaurant / Smoke house Restaurant
Section A-A SOUTH
Kjøtt teater / Butchers Hall & Meat Market
Kjøtt Hall og garveri håndverk rom / Meat Hall and tannery craft rooms
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 43
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
- 67° North - ARTICULATION
MOVEMENT STUDIES:
Market South Elevation & Waters Edge Plan
89
Guild Market South Elevation & Waters Edge Plan ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 89 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 44
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
BUILDING ENVELOPE ARTICULATION:
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 45
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: SEASONAL RENDERS - SUMMER/ AUTUMN / SUMMER / WINTER
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 46
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO D
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ARTICULATION
CULTURAL QUARTER : APPROACH BY BOAT
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 47
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
COURSE DIARY ESSAY
STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURAL THEORY Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory: Seminar diaries
Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]
Reading [... Koolhaas] Rachel Leatherbarrow
[ COURSE SUMMARY ]
S0927212 MArch1_2016
“Contemporary architectural theory scrutinises the interaction between design and the economic, political, social and cultural contexts in which it emerges. It takes various modes, ranging from reflection on the consequences of architectural practice, to enabling, guiding and facilitating – as well as critiquing – design processes. Crucially, it interacts in dynamic and complex ways with broader areas of cultural interpretation, criticism, and speculation (anthropology, cultural studies, philosophy, political theory, science and technology studies, semiotics, visual theory, etc.), and this is reflected in the organisation of the S[R]CAT course. The course is comprised of an array of options, of which students take one. While the choice available shifts from year to year, the overall constellation of options maintains a productive relation to the urban directed concerns of the ESALA MArch and MScAUD programmes. Thus options will address topics such as, for example, the semiotics of architectural and urban surfaces; urban development and contest over the city in an era of neo-liberalism; and the history of representations of the architecture of the city – projective and/or descriptive – examined via a series of symptomatic case-studies. Throughout, great value is placed on the active participation of students, who will have the opportunity to discuss and debate in detail the ideas raised in the seminar sessions and supporting readings. Taken as a whole, the S[R]CAT course deepens and diversifies the study of theory in ESALA, equipping students with a close knowledge of areas of particular interest and concern to them.”
1.
COURSE DIARY
[Module Handbook]
LO1 - A capacity to research a given theme, comprehend the key texts that constitute the significant positions and debates within it, and contextualise it within a wider historical, cultural, social, urban, intellectual and/or theoretical frame. LO2 - An understanding of the way theoretical ideas and theories, practices and technologies of architecture and the arts are mobilised through different textual, visual and other media, and to explore their consequences for architecture. LO3 - An ability to coherently and creatively communicate the research, comprehension and contextualisation of a given theoretical theme in relation to architecture using textual and visual media. ESSAY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 48
MArch
DES GN STUD O C
ATR
DES GN STUD O D
SC R AT
MArch
DES GN STUD O G
AMPL
DES GN STUD O B
DES GN REPORT
COURSE D ARY
Paranoia as Method
Reading Rem Koolhaas
SEMINAR DIARIES
“Maybe architecture doesn’t have to be stupid after all. Liberated from the obligation to construct, it can become a way of thinking
[W.Shakespeare, Hamlet Act 2 Scene 2]
Core Readings:
- Verschaffel.B, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, Architectural Histories 1(1):12 (2013), DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.al
The two introductory readings offer a key insight into the underlying
Vershaffel discusses Koolhaas’ writings in depth observing his use of the
motives of both AMO (Koolhaas’ research, branding and publication
metaphor, control of time, and the architectural repercussions of this. It
studio) and his architectural practice OMA (The Office for Metropolitan
is worth noting Koolhaas’ background as a journalist and film maker
Architecture). The contrasting nature of the readings, one an interview
here, as it could be inferred from Vershaffel’s analysis that his journalistic
transcript with Koolhaas and Reiner de Graaf, and the other a third party
methods are utilised to press the validity of his opinion; in the following
overview of Koolhaas’ written publications by Bart Verschaffel, provide a
quote Verschaffel proposes that Koolhaas’ writings hinge on the principle
architectural discourse towards a more political leaning, architecturing a ‘reality’ which substantiates his subsequent manifestos. Certainly the use
interview transcript by Cunningham and Goodbun) identify an ‘urgency’
of metaphor and ironic scepticism are prominent features in his writing. Further merit can be added to Vershaffel’s observation about Koolhaas’
“There exists a kind of knowledge, of thinking, that is different, motivated by
frequently employs in his essays, displaying bias through carefully selected
a sense of possibility, urgency and necessity, and takes the perspective of
evidence and shrewd characterizations which read more like a stream of consciousness than an academic paper. In the interview transcript Koolhaas himself highlights the similarity between the persuasive nature
Perhaps the immediacy of building construction equips architectural
of journalism and the architectural profession when speaking of his involvement with the Hermitage project:
social, economic and infrastructural problems that have arisen as a byproduct of modernity. The value of Vershaffel’s piece lies in its ability to set
‘if you step back from your own vested interests in always persuading
Koolhaas’ fieldwork within a broader academic context, drawing parallels
people to build – because that is your business- objectively an expensive
between Koolhaas’ writing approach with prominent works by Le Corbusier
building was the last thing they need. There are some cases where adding
and Loos in respect to their style of ‘cultural criticism’.
more actually becomes counter productive’ [Koolhaas, 2013] 4
order to structure his own manifesto, which he articulates at the end of the passage with idea of the ‘Captive Globe’ (refer to figure 2.3). The readings raise an interesting argument that this method of paranoia is
Architecture as fantasy. Integral to this conjecture is the application of
as the conquerors of New York. In contrast to other contemporary architectural theorists such as Kipnis’ or Liberskins’ essay styles, Koolhaas’
1930s which he entitled the ‘Paranoid Critical Method’ (hereafter refereed
journalistic background is prevalent throughout the passage, using a
to as PCM). This method may be defined as a delirium of interpretation,
variety of metaphors and personifications to dramatize the two characters.
or to paraphrase Dali the ability to conceive connections between objects
Although he does not directly attack either figure, the descriptive language
is imposed on reality. This notion is seemingly reinforced by Koolhaas’
which one would not naturally link.
suggests he has a stronger affinity with Dali. Corbusier on the other hand
metaphor for concrete (refer to figure 2.1) and again with his statement that: “Architecture is inevitably a form of PC activity” 5 If this is indeed the case, then when does fantasy become reality? Is it the moment when a building is materialized? Or its occupation? Furthermore,
is portrayed in a more satirical fashion, a magician who out of his “Paranoid
stylistic tendencies through analyzing the narrative tone that Koolhaas
thinkers such as Koolhaas with a unique intuitive attribute to tackle the
facts and events are bent towards Koolhaas’ interpretation of history in
Koolhaas’ text reads akin to a parable, with Dali and Le Corbusier depicted
a physiological technique identified and developed by Dali in the early
‘The Rotting Donkey’, an extract from Dali’s extensive writings on PCM,
and necessity for action, suggesting a need to break from this traditional academic model of research.
create a new model. Debatably the whole text is an exercise in fantasy, as
for PCM.
an inherent characteristic of all architecture whereby the realm of fantasy
This suggests that through the use of language Koolhaas is able to re-direct
raises an interesting discussion when considering Koolhaas’ fieldwork
– mediating between the two characters of Dali and Corbusier in order to Fig 2.1 - Dali’s diagram of the Paranoid critical method: The diagram shows ‘a mousegrey liquid….held up by the steel reinforcements….infinitely malleable at first, then
This week’s texts by Koolhaas and Dali explore the hypothesis of
to be taken.” 3
and associated manifestos. Both Vershaffel and Koolhaas himself (in the
action.” 2 [Verschaffel, 2013 referring to Koolhaas’ research methodology]
Accordingly, it could be interpreted that through juxtaposing such strikingly opposite thinkers Koolhaas himself is applying an ambiguous form of PCM
- Dali.S, “The rotting donkey”,(extract) The Paranoid critical revolution writings (19271933)
Key themes:
Theory) Vershaffel’s observation that academics tend to “limit their research to ‘analysis’ and do so for a reason: synthesis always comes too early”1
the traditional city. His motivation for writing this passage was perhaps
Paranoid Critical Method, Surrealism, The Metropolis, Modernism,
on the other, they point to where exactly [Koolhaas believes] action needs Writing from an academic standpoint (as a Professor of Architectural
driven by his desire to establish a new model for this ‘Contemporary City’.
time Koolhaas was attempting to analyse the rapidly growing metropolis of Manhattan, which, certainly in Koolhaas’ opinion, had mutated away from
suddenly hard as rock’, 1 with this image Koolhaas proposes architecture is a metaphor
of Navigation;“On the one hand, his texts aim at the general picture, and
broad spectrum of perspectives on Koolhaas’ theoretical position.
this is motivated by the context within which the piece was written. At this
3.Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p253
New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978), p235–281.
Radical Philosophy 154, March/April (2009): 35–47.
Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]
embraced, and an underlying reading of urgency within the text. Arguably
2. Constantinidou, (2011) ‘The Paranoid Simulacrum in Surrealism: From Embracing Madness to the Mechanism of a Mental Illness as the Purveyor of Individual Meaning’, p119
4. Ibid. p259
-Koolhaas.R, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York” - Delirious
- Cunningham.D & Goodbun.J, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf ”,
There is a sense from Koolhaas that the method of PCM should be
1.Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p248
“Though this be madness, yet there is method in’t,”
about anything” [Koolhaas, 2013]
Core Readings:
fig. 1.1 - cover image for Koolhaas’ Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978)
at what point does a copy, or rather the architectural simulacra, evolve into
Critical top hat….pulls out the Horizontal Skyscraper, Le Corbusier’s
provides an insight into the original author’s interpretation. Dali stresses
Cartesian rabbit”.3 This disparaging analogy recurs
that this critical method actively seeks to re-shuffle pre-existing orders;
chapter when Koolhaas compares Corbusier to a “furious prince dragging
unlike automatic drawing (a sub-branch of the Surrealist movement) it is
a colossal glass slipper on an Odyssey from Metropolis to Metropolis……
something original in its own right?
throughout the
a conscious effort made by an individual to falsify and re-interpret reality.
Nobody wants to even try the slipper on”.4 This imagery makes for a very
Through understanding this theorem, it is easy to see how the surrealist
engaging read, and inevitable imparts on the reader distinct impressions
movement (of which Dali was an integral member) began to evolve.
of Corbusier and Dali that Koolhaas has carefully crafted.
In the extract taken from ‘Delirious New York’ Koolhaas explores the
Koolhaas advocates that both characters employ PCM as a means of
relationship between architecture and the fantastical through both the
claiming Manhattan. However, their respective approaches differ drastically;
content and style of writing. His extensive use of imagery is particularly
Dali seeks to participate in the city, whereas Corbusier seemingly seeks to
pertinent to Dali’s explorations of the Simulacrum, whereby the paranoiac’s
destroy it in order to impose his fantasy - of a rationalized purist architecture.
mechanism of interpretation is utilised through the creation of images
It is interesting to consider why Koolhaas references these two figures in
which have multiple figurations. 2
particular, as they are so fundamentally opposite in their approach.
5..Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p246
Fig 2.2- The painting by Dali entitled: ‘Atavistic Vestiges after the Rain’ : it articulates this irrational juxtaposition of imagery, which facilities a mediation between fantasy and reality. Fig 2.3 The ‘Captive Globe’
5.
3.
In contrast to Verschaffel, the interview transcript gives Koolhaas’ personal
[ FORWARD ]
understanding of his theoretical works and perhaps more importantly how he feels he has managed to translate the research carried out by AMO into
‘the largest imaginable scale of design where one sought to design at the scale of society’ 5 [Koolhaas, 2013]
his architectural practise of OMA. analysis of New York and his architectural proposals such as the Hermitage project which employ the idea of a social condenser through programmatic
allowing him to ‘go beyond the traditional boundaries’ of architecture into
composition. Additionally his involvement with the European Union (fig.
areas of politics and anthropology. For Koolhaas AMO is a way of countering
1.2) is driven by a philosophical question, and Illustrates his ambitious
the bias that the Architect profession innately possesses. However it could
desire to design with political, symbolic and social intent.
Coney Island: The Apotheosis of Hyper-reality?
Re-branding the Generic
‘They have inverted and established an urbanism based on the new Technology of the fantastic’,
“Typical plan provides the multiple platforms of 20th-century democracy”
[Koolhaas, “Coney Island: The Technology of the Fantastic”, in Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan `
With this influence in mind, direct links can be drawn between Koolhaas’ Koolhaas seemingly views each institution as mutually beneficially to the other, with AMO underpinning and informing his architectural proposals
[Koolhaas, “Typical Plan”, 1993, p.337]
Core Readings:
Key Themes:
Rem Koolhaas, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York”, in
Nature & The Synthetic, Pleasure, Crowds, Congestion, ‘Hyper-reality’, Regeneratation
Core Readings: -Rem Koolhaas, “Typical Plan” (1993), in OMA, Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau,S,M,L,XL (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 1995): 334–351.
‘Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan ‘, (1978), (New York: The
-Colin Rowe, “Chicago Frame” (1956), in The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa and Other Essays (Cambridge, Mass. and London: MIT,
Monacelli Press, 1994): 235–281.
be argued that the intrinsic connection between the two bodies inevitably
1976): 89–118.
‘what are the symbolic implications of the city not as a capital of a country,
introduces a degree of bias.
Key themes:
but rather as a trans-political system.’6 A number of key themes arise from critiquing the interview and collating Koolhaas’ published works, most markedly the notion of the ‘New
Two principle themes can be identified through analyzing ‘Coney Island:
[Koolhaas, 2013]
‘To renew the architectural profession and to maintain a critical spirit, it is important to be aware, to observe these emergent conditions and to theorize them.’
economy has instead awarded status to the ‘Developer’. Thus throughout his written work Koolhaas continually questions what the role of the architect
living in the age of information, something which AMO seeks to capitalise
should be. Inspiringly for me, as a prospective architect, he perceives this
on through obsessively gathering demographics and empirical data.
crisis of identity as a positive, viewing it as an opportunity to re-invent the
In other words it is a ‘real’ without ‘origin or reality’, a reality to which we cannot connect.2 Koolhaas in ‘the technology of the fantastic’ seemingly proposes Coney Island as the apotheosis of such a hyper-reality - his rational for its development is derived from his perception of an unsustainable demand for nature by Manhattan, which forced the island
‘the architect’.
to mutate to the opposite binary. (ref. fig 3.1) Koolhaus anecdotally refers
analysis, is further enforced through Koolhaas’ reference to Soviet
‘The need to ‘align [with] and find an articulation’ for architecture within the
Constructivism as a means by which architecture can reshape society.
confines of the ‘forces of modernization’ is critical.’ 8
synthetic realities offer a replacement.”
to this phenomenon as a ‘Reality shortage’ for which Coney’s “multiple 3
A parallel may be drawn here between the concept of hyper-reality in Coney Island and the Paranoid Critical Method discussed previously. In a similar style to Dali’s paintings in which objects are irrational juxtaposed in order to mediate between fantasy and reality, Coney Island achieves this effect through the architectural composition of its theme parks; hundreds 1. Verschaffel, 2013, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, p1 2. ibid. p3 3. ibid p.2 4. Koolhaas, 2009, Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf, p38 5. ibid. p45 6. ibid. p45 7. ibid. p36 8. ibid. p37
of spires and minarets are set side by side to read as a homogenous fantastical landscape. (ref. to fig’s -3.2 & 3.3)
4.
Fig 3.1 Postcard illustration of Coney Island showing its relationship to Manhattan
A further correlation can be noted between Dali’s Paranoid Critical Method
The structure of the text is highly accessible through his use of sub-headings
with the introduction of electricity to the island, which similarly to Dali’s
and anecdotes. However, the neutrality of Koolhaas’ observations are
technique of the ‘double image’ creates another layer of interpretation, a
questionable. His characteristic writing style of rhetorical persuasiveness
second the reading of the park by night through its elaborate illuminated
takes the reader on a journey through Coney Island which cunningly
roofscape.
sidesteps any potential criticism.
The context within which Koolhaas wrote ‘The technology of the fantastic’
This is facilitated by a highly selective use of imagery and vagueness. For
provides us with a possible insight into his underlying intentions in studying
although Koolhaas does not candidly articulate his patronage of Coney, his blunt dismissal of Gorky’s criticism (referring to his conclusions as
Koolhaas moved to Manhattan, thus it could be suggested that his analysis
‘mediocre’ and ‘fraudulent’) is indicative of his leaning.
of Coney was an attempt by Koolhaas to orientate himself within this new It is equally significant that this analysis also forms the first chapter of ‘Delirious New York’, as Koolhaus sets up Coney Island as a precursor to
1.Baudrillard, 2012, An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and
grimness of the city’ 4, or rather the perceived ‘reality’- that is Manhattan.
Manhattan itself, referring to it as:
Implosion, Ceasefire magazine
“the incubator for Manhattan’s incipient themes and infant mythology. The
3.Koolhaas, 1978, ‘Coney Island: The technology of the fantastic’, p62
strategies and mechanisms that later shape Manhattan are tested in the
4 ibid, p41
laboratory of Coney Island before they finally leap toward the larger island.”
5. ibid,p60
5
6. ibid,p79
‘It presumes the presence of many others, but at the same time suggests
states that ‘business makes no demands.’
that their exact number is of no importance. Typical Plan x n = a building
6
In this respect it is a formless
architectural program. It could be interpreted that for Koolhaas the ‘typical plan’ is thus the ideal accommodation for business.
to complement one another. Rowe, through his analysis of the relationship between the Chicago frame and the development of an international style, Plan’.
(hardly a reason to study architecture!)” 8 It is undoubtedly relevant that during this period of writing the ‘Typical
‘Business asks nothing of architecture but similarly provides nothing’ 7
Plan’ Koolhaas was in the midst of designing highrise towers in Asia. This
sets up a historic contextualization for Koolhaas’ proposition - the ‘Typical
re-branding of the generic could thus be interpreted as propaganda for his Koolhaas proposes that the typical plan of Manhattan’s skyscrapers is
architectural moves at the time. Regardless of this possible bias the essay
anything but static. Rather, their configurations are continually in flux,
raises a thought provoking question: how do we as architects design when
responding directly to programmatic changes. Through this observation
programmatic function is not always clear or even tangible?
acclaimed manifestos of the ‘Generic City.’ ‘Bigness,’ and ‘Junkspace’ is
Koolhaas is able to undermine the idea of ‘the typical’ as ‘standard’, and
quintessential to understanding Koolhaas’ concept of urban architecture.
re-define it as inherently ‘non-standard’. This allows him to develop the
Fig 4.1- Aerial perspective of Manhattan’s skyscrapers - the inspiration for Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan’
In order to achieve sustainability, spaces require diversity and are often
Throughout the text he seemingly seeks to re-brand the reductionist
argument that the ‘Typical Plan’ can not be classified as architectural
contradictory. In designing for a multitude of programs are we in danger
framed structures which form America’s skyscrapers, in an attempt to
typology as its atypical nature negates any form of classification - it is simply
of in fact designing nothing at all?
dispel their mass perception as ‘infernal machines for stripping identities.’
a component of the urban.
1
and alien city.
In his essay ‘Generic Cities’, also published in ‘S,M, L, XL,’ Koolhaas
the ‘Generic City’, the market economy, globalization and most noticeably the concept of ‘Business’ as an architectural program. The readings serve
Published in ‘S,M,L,XL’ the ‘Typical Plan,’ situated alongside his critically
Coney Island. As one of his earliest works the piece was written shortly after
Fig 4.2- Archizoom Associan,”No-one City.” 1970, featured in Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan’ (p349)
In lieu of this Koolhaas advocates the typical plans of these skyscrapers
as one of the purest American architectural archetypes: ‘A plan stripped
The essay’s structure is very different when compared to his earlier writings
of all its qualities and reduced to a calculated relation between discreet
in ‘Delirious New York’; concise sub-headings are replaced by monotonous
standardized elements.’
monologues. This variation in style could be interpreted as an attempt by
2
Koolhaas to mimic the nature of the ‘typical plan’, emulating the notion This endorsement is reinforced by his proclamation that the ‘Typical Plan’ is
of the ‘non-event’ through the text’s repetition and formlessness. He is
an ‘unacknowledged utopia, the promise of a post-architectural future.’ 3 For
undoubtedly fascinated by this idea of the typical, or rather the atypical,
1. Koolhaas, 1995, p.346
Koolhaas this is the discovery of a new architecture, signifying a new world.
plan; there is an impression throughout that Koolhaas is trying to find the
5. Shamiyeh, 2000, p115
2.ibid.
6. Koolhaas, 1995, p342
It creates ‘new territories for the smooth unfolding of new processes,’ 4 what
potential in it, weighing its pros and cons in his typically journalistic style, as
3. ibid.
is more its solitary function is to ‘let its occupants exist’. 5
seen in the following extract:
4. ibid.
7. ibid. p115 8. ibid. p342
7.
Towards the end of the passage he is noticeably scathing of the
‘Bigness’: A Re-invention of Architectural Monumentality
gentrification processes, or to use Koolhaas’ terminology ‘a Modernist revenge’ which later takes place in Coney, describing the island as: ‘a modern Manhattan of Grass’ .6
“Beyond a certain critical mass each structure becomes a
He views this regeneration as a sanitisation from the popular culture of
morally traumatic break with the conventions of symbolism ..(The)
occurs. Koolhaas constructs a convincing argument that this gentrified park
monument.... This category of monument presents a radical,
9.
The Pearl River Delta: An Archetype for the ‘Generic City’ and Commodification of Architecture? ‘Architectural production is becoming something strictly mechanical, reproducible without thinking’
is a weak substitute for the spontaneous urbanism of the masses, a thought process which arguably informed his architectural proposal for OMA’s Parc Villette in 1982, ( see fig 3.4) which aims to intensify urbanisation rather
Core Readings:
than relinquishing the park to nature.
Core Readings:
Key themes:
- Koolhaas, “Pearl River Delta”, in Rem Koolhaas et al., Mutations (Barcelona:
Tabula Rasa, Shenzhen speed, market economy, mutation, infrastructure,
- Rem Koolhaas, “Bigness, or the problem of Large” (1994), in OMA, Rem
Actar and Bordeaux: arc en rêve, 2001): 309–335.
commoditization, generic city, iconography.
the midst of happening, even though we may not be able to extract a theory
Pearl River Delta (PRD) during the late 90’s. At this time the PRD was one
from it.”
7
market economy. These conditions had triggered a fundamental shift in
In spite of this, the use of invented vocabulary throughout his ‘Mutations’
Chinese domestic policy from an isolated communist model towards
essay; PHOTOSHOP©, MARKET REALISM © or SCAPE© suggest that
a more capitalist consumerist model. Koolhaas, in his publications the
Koolhaas is unable to resist the temptation to conceptualize the conditions
‘Great Leap Forward’ and ‘Mutations’ (the respective sources of this week’s
in the PRD, attempting to theorise the role of architecture and the role of
readings), proposes that this shift has manifested in the commoditisation of
the architect in this emerging metropolis. Koolhaas argues that while the Pearl River Delta has an identity crisis, at the
495–516. - Peter Sloterdijk, “The Crystal Palace” (2005), Public – Art/Culture/Ideas
same time it faces an opportunity for a new kind of identity. In a similar style
empirical data, thus providing a more analytical insight into Chinese
to ‘Delirious New York’, (published almost three decades earlier) in which
architecture of this period than the ‘Mutations’ text. Koolhaas is relatively
he analyses Coney Island in attempt to orientate himself within the city of
cautious in his opinions in comparison to his essays in ‘S, M, L, XL’ . This is
Manhattan, Koolhaas seemingly applies this same strategy with the PRD, as
seemingly in a conscious effort to read this unfamiliar context of Asia, rather
an entry point to the Asian metropolis.
than critique it.
Fig 6.1 Aerial perspective of the Pearl River Delta
viewFile/30252/27786
descriptive narrative in an attempt to examine the urban condition of the
The ‘Architecture Shenzhen’ extract relies heavily on statistics and other
ST Leong, eds., Great Leap Forward (Köln: Taschen, 2001): 161–193.
37 (2008): 11–16. http://pi.library.yorku.ca/ojs/index.php/public/article/
“These emergent cities [in the Pearl River Delta] teach us about what is in
Chinese architecture and infrastructure.
- Koolhaas, “Architecture Shenzhen”, in CJ Chung, J Inaba, R Koolhaas and
Koolhaas and Bruce Mau, S,M,L,XL (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 1995):
Both Koolhaas’ ‘Pearl River Delta’ and ‘Architecture Shenzhen’ adopt a
of the fastest emerging urban conditions in the world with a flourishing [Koolhaas, 2001, Mutations, p320]
pleasure; in an attempt to impose high culture an awkward rationalisation
landmarks in a post-architectural landscape.” [Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL,’]
They collectively draw on several projects by his respective architectural institutions OMA and AMO. Alongside a comparison with relevant cultural and architectural theorists, these entries will attempt to analyse the legitimacy of Koolhaas’ extensive body of work, identifying key theorems and the implications that his publications have had on both architectural discourse and the profession.
Fig 3.3 Luna Park’s fantastical landscape by night
2. ibid.
Koolhaas is quick to root this hyper effect back to the metropolis through his metaphor of the ‘architectural plantation’ serving as an ‘antidote to the fig. 1.2 AMO / Rem Koolhaas barcode flag of Europe tattoo
The following chapters comprise a series of nine critical reflections relating to the work of the Architect and contemporary Architectural Theorist Rem Koolhaas.
Fig 3.2 Coney Island’s Luna Park - by day
models… a reality generated from ideas.’ 1
The political dimension to Koolhaas’ work, alluded to in Verschaffel’s
[Rem Koolhaus, 2001, ‘Mutations’, p309]
published some four decades apart, share several common themes; that of
as ‘a new social reality… in which a reality is created or simulated from
the dominant role in the construction industry, capitalism and the market
of population density and globalisation. Other pivotal themes also emerge from this interview, such as infrastructure as a vehicle for modernisation and
Both Rowe’s ‘Chicago Frame’ and Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan,’ despite being
The philosopher and cultural analyst Jean Baudrillard defines hyper-reality
In conjunction with all of the above is the theme of displacement of ‘the has undergone a ‘flattening and loss of memory and identity’. 7 No longer
China’s rapid urbanisation is also referenced and situated within the context
Fig 4.1
masses and, in conjunction with this, the propagation of a ‘hyper-reality’.
Architect’ in contemporary society. Koolhaas states that the profession
between European ideals and the modern city.
The ‘Generic City’, Modernity, Globalisation, Sustainability, Market Economy, Metropolis, Business
The technology of the fantastic’ - that of the growing need to entertain the
Metropolis’ which emerges at the core of his architectural theory. The American city and its relative modernity in relation to its European counterparts seemingly dominates his earlier work, and alludes to a tension
6.
Key themes: Monument, Globalisation, Modernity & Mega-Strcutures
Koolhaas’ theory of ‘Bigness’, read alongside ‘The Crystal Palace’ from The Interior of World Capitalism by Peter Sloterdijk, explores the condition of ‘mega-scale’ and its impact on the urban fabric of the city and society. Unlike the manifesto tone of ‘Delirious New York’ this essay, which follows on from the ‘Typical Plan’ in ‘S,M,L,XL’, may be interpreted as part of Koolhaas’ Urban Thesis, using architectural discourse as a tool to find the
Fig 3.4 - Diagram of OMA’s Parc Villette scheme
potential of the mega-scale:
The five steps laid forward by OMA were 1) to organize the major programmatic
‘We don’t know what to do with it, we don’t know where to put it…. when to
elements in horizontal bands across the site, 2) to place kiosks, playgrounds,
use it…. how to plan it? 1
barbeque pits, and other facilities mathematically on grid points, 3) the addition of a round forest as an architectural element, 4) to provide connections between the
For Koolhaas bigness has the potential to ‘reconstruct the Whole….
points, and finally 5) to introduce superimpositions. -creating a schizophrenic like
reinvent the collective.’ 2 Conversely he also states that ‘Bigness destroys….
density similar to that of Coney.
its subtext is fuck context.’ 3
Fig 3.5 - Drawing of Coney Island
Throughout the text Koolhaas can be seen to change his opinions multiple times, never fully clarifying his position. His multiple definitions of bigness create a paradox and the reader is left perplexed as to Koolhaas’ leaning – is he advocating bigness or condemning it?
[ CONTENTS ]
Fig 5.1 - Model of OMA’s ‘Jussieu – Two Libraries’
Koolhaas proposes that the PRD is not indicative of a market economy but
Fig 6.2 Satellite image illustrating the rapid urbanisation of the Pearl River Delta
rather a hyper communist ideology: “A seeming apotheosis of the market
between 1973-2003
economy can also be read as an apotheosis of the communist system.”
It is worth commenting at this point that many of OMA’s architectural
2
street into a vertical interior boulevard. This architectural gesture could
with its phantom highways and the clearing of enormous sections of ground, ‘an orgy of tabula rasa’ in which ‘the act of clearing the ground
P05 Paranoia as method.........................................................................................................................................................
The Pearl River Delta is portrayed as an ‘experimental zone’
4
‘The ultimate dysfunctional city – but actually, in terms of all the initiatives and ingenuity, it mobilised an incredibly beautiful, almost
This statement raises an intriguing
utopian landscape of independence and agency.’ [Koolhaas, 2016, The Guardian]
Palace observes that there is an ‘immeasurable, symbolic and programmatic dimension’ to this huge hybrid construction’,9
the totalizing nature of its
in the traditional sense as a monument if it epitomizes our contemporary
“it represents the city; it pre-empts the city; or, better still, it is the city.” 5
- an
There is arguably a political dimension in this Mega-Scale typology in both
embryonic prototype for the rest of the state. It could be suggested that Koolhaas also views the PRD as a prototype for his ‘Generic City’ outlined in ‘S, M , L, XL’. Certainly from reading both texts a number of parallels may be drawn between the two: both utilise the ‘frame’ and the ‘Typical Plan’. The fundamental to the ‘Generic City’, can also be seen in the PRD’s application of ‘Tabula Rasa’. Koolhaas asserts that the PRD is home to the ‘City of
balance, an equilibrium of complementary extremes.’
5
In this respect the
final architectural objective.
definition though their distinctions’
6
- Tim Hecker, “The Slum Pastoral: Helicopter Visuality and Koolhaas’s Lagos”,
as a form of method writing, mimicking the subject matter. In this way the
conditions for ‘Bigness’ a process of ‘interiorisation’ occurs - the distance
Space and Culture 13(3) (2010): 256–269.
text reinforces Koolhaas’ definition of ‘Bigness’, as something so large it
between core and envelope increases to the point where the facade can no
becomes hard to comprehend as the viewer (or in this instance the reader)
longer reveal what happens inside the ‘interior and exterior architectures
is unable to view the entire composition in one frame.
become separate projects’.
10
Similarly to this, Sloterdijk proposes that
a ‘critical threshold’, and in doing so a ‘new aesthetic of immersion’
11
is
level of symbolic meaning. The reader is introduced to the body of the
created. The outer world is completely absorbed into a ‘calculated inner
text with a photo of a human figure (fig. 5.2), Koolhaas juxtaposes this by
space.’ Sloterdijk views this regulated interior as a metaphor for the ‘Great
ending the essay with a close up detail of an abstract painting (fig.5.3). The
Interior’ of the European Union. He argues that after globalization has
two images, when read alongside one another, have a jarring impact on the
taken hold “social life can only take place in an expanded interior - No
the quality of the two images is perhaps emblematic of the leap from the qualitative to the quantitate that occurs with ‘Bigness’: “Through size alone,
are neither without planning or
more historic events could take place under such conditions … only mood competitions between parties and the fluctuations among their consumers”
Koolhaas in his reference to ‘Bigness’ as an ‘after-architecture’.14
6
13
This idea of the end of an era is reinforced by
of the PRD finds importance in the relation to the exterior; ‘inhabited
1. Koolhaas, 2001, Mutations, p313
landscape becomes the medium that links everything together.’ 8
2. bid. p309 3. Ibid. p324
Koolhaas’ study of the Pearl River Delta raises a pertinent question
Fig 5.3. Aerial perspective of St. Mark’s-in-the-Bouwerie Towers by Frank
architecture. Is there an opportunity to create a more positive architecture
P13 ‘Junkspace’ : the epitome of modernity?..........................................................................................................................
‘The product of modernisation is not modern architecture
(2002): 175–190. -F.Jameson, “Future City”, New Left Review 21, May-June (2003): 65–79. -Marc Augé, “From Places to Non-Places”, in Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity (London and New York: Verso, 1992): 75–115.
p17 The Possibilities of Preservation......................................................................................................................................
Disneyfication Koolhaas’ essay on ‘Junkspace’ describes the global phenomenon of a new form of space, which may be epitomised in the typologies of the shopping mall and the airport (see fig’s 7.1 & 7.2). Derived from our contemporary everything into a seamless superficially appetising morass without past or future.1 Jameson, in the “Future City”, expands on the idea of ‘Junkspace’ in relation to consumerism stating: “The virus ascribed to junkspace is in fact the virus of shopping itself; which, like Disneyfication… spreads like a toxic moss across the known universe”.2 Koolhaas considers ‘Junkspace’ to be the ‘defining feature of modernity an ‘all-conquering space’3 engulfing extensive that you rarely perceive limits; it promotes disorientation by any means (mirror, polish, echo) ... “
4
This notion of ‘Junckspace’, presented by Koolhaas, is corroborated by Marc passage. Similarly to Koolhaas, Augé identifies a new vernacular which has emerged as the by-product of globalization and mass-mobilization. Like Koolhaas’ ‘Junkspace’, it is a transient in-between space - which one simply
p20 List of figures.....................................................................................................................................................................
passes through. It does not facilitate ‘dwelling’, thus it may be defined as inherently ‘non-place’. 5 In the same manner as ‘Junkspace’ it is unable to ‘operate socially or culturally’. 6
simultaneously revealing the intensity of the urban condition and stepping back to identify boarder patterns. I would argue adversely that this juxtaposition of scales creates a disconnect for the observer - portraying
2
Conceivably this
Lagos as an even greater enigma.
footage, which features heavily in “Lagos Wide & Close”.
In contrast to his anaylsis of Manhattan and the Pearl River Delta, which
“Lagos Far and Wide” (2005) shows a diversification in Koolhaas’ methods
focuses on asking the reader questions. Arguably this is a symptom of the
show an attempt to conceptualize the urban conditions, Koolhaas instead
11. Sloterdijk, 2005, ‘The Interior of World Capitalism’, p13 13. ibid. p.13 14. .Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p516
11.
of research, introducing the reader (now viewer) to the agency of film. In a
inconclusive nature of his findings in Lagos. Koolhaas perceives the city to
similar manner to his ‘Mutations’ text the observer is presented with various
be in a state of constant adaptation similar to his ‘Generic City’; it has an
representations of the city, and permitted a degree of freedom through
ability to expand, contract and re-organise itself, its infrastructure built to a
the multiple combinations of video and audio tracks that can be played in
point mutates, adjusting to the needs of its citizens.
tandem with one another.
Fig 8.1 Still from ‘Lagos wide & close’
15.
‘….’ to drift from one thought to another, making no attempt to structure one continuous body without so much as a paragraph. This endless list
Core Reading: Koolhaas, ‘Preservation is Overtaking Us’ (New York: Columbia University Press, 2014
and transience’. 7 This form of method writing is frequently adopted by Koolhaas - most notably in ‘S, M, L, XL’, in which he emulates the structure of the ‘Typical Plan’ through a mantra-like repetition. In contrast to its structure, the content of the essay is largely concise. Koolhaas presents the reader with
“… a fuzzy empire of blur, fusing high and low, public and private, straight warped, busy, atrium-ridden’ . . . ‘the product of an encounter between escalator and air-conditioning’ . . . ‘like being condemned to a perpetual
nor a manifesto. Koolhaas does not make a call for action, or outline describes the essay as a “jeremiad ... veering into denunciation and back Indeed the tone of ‘Junkspace’ is
somewhat pessimistic; his lament for modern architecture is preceded by a reprimand to architects that they only have themselves to blame:
Although this initially seems like a radical switch in Koolhaas’ ideology,
examples and multiple definitions of preservation.
numerous parallels can still be drawn between his earlier work. The scheme
This supplementary technique seems emblematic of Otero-Pailos’ definition
in a similar strategy to the horizontal skyscrapers, the barcode strips merge
of preservation itself, as a process of ‘re-framing’ and ‘contextualising’ to
extremes of programmatic densification alongside total preservation.
improve the observer’s understanding of the original architect’s (or in this
His inclination to ‘fuck context’ approach is still present in the arbitrary
instance author’s) intent.
nature of the strips in plan. Similarly it could be argued that this blanket
Within the lectures Koolhaas states that ‘preservation is not the enemy
for the valorising of low cultural forms.
1. Wiles.w, 2013, Rem Koolhaas: Junkspace, Icon
their mystifications……They thought they could control Junkspace, and it
2. F.Jameson, “Future City”, New Left Review 21, MayJune (2003): 65–79
ended up consuming them”. 10 It is clear from this extract that ‘Junkspace’ (in Koolhaas’ opinion) is the
4. Ibid. p175
result of shortcomings within the profession. What remains unclear is
5. Auge, 1992, “From Places to Non-Places”, p
how the profession should respond. Koolhaas towards the end of the text
6.ibid. p
poses an interesting notion that there is a fragility to ‘Junkspace’ – ‘like an
7.Wiles.w, 2013, Rem Koolhaas: Junkspace, Icon
illusory curtain pulled over the eyes of the consumer, a spell which can be
8.Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p175-190
the influence of his involvement with the Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg (2003-2005), decidedly OMA’s most curatorial project to date.
Arguably Koolhaas’ instinct to question and challenge urban conditions
in an intangible way, making a conscious design decision to maintain the
in an effort to progress architectural discourse has come round full circle
in-between spaces and voids (see fig 9.4) – allowing for a programmatic
to challenge even his own theorems. Throughout the lectures Koolhaas is
spontaneity in a style to the ‘Typical Plan’. This focus on the activity of spa
critical of the current strategies of preservation, questioning its integrity
He views ‘involuntary heritage’, such as Pompeii or the Chernoble site, as compelling examples of totalising preservation and through this exploration identifies a shortcoming in the ‘selectivity’ of contemporary preservation.
10. Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p178 Fig 7.2 typologies of the shopping mall airport - the epitome of Junkspace
Rather than design or re-construction, Koolhaas’ deviation towards a theory of preservation seems to centre on curation. This was undoubtedly
to ‘fuck context’2 in his (1995) ‘Bigness’ manifesto, he now identifies ‘contextualisation’ as the important driving force urban planning.
with respect to its political and economic motives.
9.Foster, 2013, ‘Junkspace / Running Room’
disrupted by the introduction of a foreign body: a mother or a refugee’. 11 In other words any introduction of reality shatters the illusion of ‘Junkspace’.
of a series of declarations which on first reading stipulate a U-turn from his ‘Urban Thesis’ presented in ‘S,M,L,XL’. Contradicting his exhortation
Koolhaas attempted to bring out the heritage of the Hermitage Museum
“Architects could never explain space; Junkspace is our punishment for
SAMPLE PAGES
preserved forever or systematically scraped”. 3
attempts to distill a ‘Manifesto of Preservation’ from Koolhaas’ nebulous
of modernity but actually one of its inventions’.1 This statement is one
a programme. Hal Foster (co-author of ‘Junkspace / Running Room’)
Should we as architects celebrate and protect ‘Junkspace’?
applying a blanket preservation across entire strips of the city (see fig 9.1) These ‘heritage strips’, designated holistically over the city, “could either be
Asia, and their recent work on the Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg.
preservation articulates a recurring trend in Koolhaas’ theoretical writings
Unlike many of his previous publications ‘Junkspace’ is neither a theory
again almost sentence to sentence”.
Koolhaas’ re-interpretation of preservation can be seen in OMA’s Barcode project in Bejing (2003) in which he attempts to avoid ‘selectivity’ by
Koolhaas endeavours to highlight instances in which preservation has played an integral role within their architectural projects - specifically in
bares a close resemblance to OMA’s 1982 proposal for Parc de La Villette; Fig 7.1 ‘typologies of the airport - an example of Augé’s Non-place
Jacuzzi with millions of your best friends’ . . . ‘this inferno of the neutral’. 8
9
This week’s core text comprises of two lecture transcripts by Koolhaas which outline OMA’s philosophy on preservation. Throughout the lectures
The lecture is appended with a critical response by Otero-Pailos, who
3. Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p175
Augé’s “From Places to Non-Places”, in his study of spaces that facilitate
from its citizens, was intended to provide a conceptual depth of field,
reluctance to publish to a ‘final lack of concentration’.
or even format his stream of consciousness. The whole essay reads as
and bent, bloated and starved’ . . . ‘smooth, all-inclusive, continuous,
modern architecture through its totalizing nature. “It is always interior, so
P19 Bibliography......................................................................................................................................................................
nature. He is constantly reluctant to close a sentence, using semicolons and
beginning ‘Junkspace is….’
Consumerism, Post-Modernity, ‘Non-place’, History, Interiority, Technology,
The technique of ‘Foregrounding’ and ‘Backgrounding’, through a
towards the project itself. In an interview with the film’s director Bregtje Van der Haak in 2014 (almost a decade after its release) Koolhaas attributes his
The Possibilities of Preservation
Something that is immediately striking about Koolhaas’ essay is its rambling
quote upon quote in a series of declarative sentences and anecdotes each
culture of consumerism and advertising, this new vernacular unites
7.ibid. p326
describe: ‘a formlessness sensory overload paralleled by an indeterminacy taken from ‘Content’, October 100, Spring
“Lagos Wide & Close” (2005).
elements of the research, presented in the form of photographs and aerial
12. ibid. p.15
7. ibid. p500
of prose seemingly reinforces the qualities of space he is endeavoring to
Core Readings:
Key themes:
P15 Lessons from Lagos.........................................................................................................................................................
10. Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p501
8. ibid. p322
‘Junkspace’ The epitome of modernity?
-R.Koolhaas, “Junkspace”,
3. ibid. p502
13.
P12 The Pearl River Delta – An Archetype for the ‘Generic City’ and the Commodification of Architecture?..........................
9. Sloterdijk, 2005, ‘The Interior of World Capitalism’, p12
6. ibid., p502
6. ibid. p334
to a commodity?
8. Verschaffel.B ‘Reading Rem Koolhaas’, Architectural Histories, 01 June 2013, Vol.1(1), pp.Art. 12, p69
2. ibid. p509
5. Koolhaas, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p510
5. ibid., p312
in Lagos. A criticism of the film is the ambiguity of these multiple interpretations.
This lack of dissemination is perhaps indicative of Koolhaas’ feelings Fig 5.2- Aerial perspective of St. Mark’s-in-the-Bouwerie Towers by Frank
1. Koolhaas, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p509
4. I.Böck, ‘Six Canonical Projects by Rem Koolhaas’, Essays on the History of Ideas, p210
4. ibid. p326
with regard to the instinct relationship between economic policy and
P10 ‘Bigness’: A Re-invention of Architectural Monumentality?.............................................................................................
emulate the mass authorship and surplus of individuality that he discerned
is
“Mutations” (2001) and “Content” (2002), and the interactive documentary
stems from a discord between his interpretation of Lagos and the empirical
with these economic constraints? Or has capitalism relegated architecture
for each observer. This technique is perhaps an attempt by Koolhaas to
his exploration of this emerging ‘Post-modern African Metropolis’
combination of wide angle aerial shots, alongside personal commentaries
.12 The principle of the interior has shifted in scale, making nature and ‘Posthistorical world.’
is independent of their quality.”
In this manner the documentary could be interpreted as a multi-layered drawing, the numerous compositions facilitating a unique trajectory
understand “what happens to a society when the state is absent”.1 However,
is yet to be formally published other than as relatively small features in
culture indoor affairs - Capitalism brings about the end of history, a new
such buildings enter an amoral domain, beyond good or bad. Their impact
Koolhaas’ research into the urbanisation of Lagos, Nigeria, demonstrates an attempt to release himself from western architectural discourse and
arguably his most heavily criticised project to date. Begun in 2000, it
Furthermore, unlike the solely internalized ‘Generic City’, the architecture
P09 Re-branding the Generic.................................................................................................................................................
Congestion, Aestheticisation, Voyeurism
DVD, (Amsterdam: Submarine Channel, 2005)
indirect consequence of their inherent monumental size. Under Koolhaas’
the scalelessness associated with ‘Bigness’. Additionally, the difference in
Koolhaas’ own theoretical constraints. The cities of the PRD with their predictive infrastructure and brutal opposition of one another ‘seeking
The Metropolis, Foreground and Background, Infrastructure, Culture of
producers, Bruno Felix and Femke Woltin ; director, Bregtje van der Haak,
presentation. The enormous font used throughout the essay in itself serves
observer. The jump from the figurative to the abstract seemingly emulates
However the downfall for placing the Generic City into Asia lies in
identity. Conversely, in Koolhaas’ theory, the ‘Generic City’ is liberated from “the Straightjacket of Identity” 7 with planning becoming ‘redundant’.
Key themes:
- Lagos wide & close : an interactive journey into an exploding city ,
‘Bigness’ and Dostoyevsky’s ‘Crystal Palace’ as referenced by Sloterdijk as an
The visual imagery which accompanies the text demonstrates a similar
opportunistic….. exploiting flukes, accidents and imperfections….a delicate
Core Readings:
The immediate impact on reading ‘Bigness’ is the graphics of its
the scale of the Crystal Palace’s all encompassing glass envelope crosses
Exacerbated Difference’: in a climate of ‘Permanent strategic panic – it is
PRD like the ‘Generic City’ is in a constant state of redefinition, there is no
P07 Coney Island – The Apotheosis of Hyper-reality? ...........................................................................................................
8
question - is the mega-structure a break from the conventional conditions
scale turns ‘society’ into an exhibit. Does the mega-structure thus stand culture?
dismissal of nostalgia and traditional leftist concerns for collective good,
as a billboard is for advertisement.’
12.
Lessons from Lagos
of an architectural monument? Sloterdijk in his discussion of the Crystal
be interpreted as an attempt by Koolhaas to harness the potential of the mega-structure which he eludes to in ‘Bigness’ - creating a condition in which: “Bigness no longer needs the city: it competes with the city;
becomes an act of faith.’ 3
as a twentieth century phenomenon generated simply by its mythic scale. In Koolhaas’ view their symbolism is empty, ‘available for meaning
main library presented as an “Inside-Out City” 4 - folding the traditional
seemingly overshadows the troubles of the present. Evidence for this theorem lies in the ambition of the PRD’s enormous infrastructural projects
P03 Reading Koolhaas............................................................................................................................................................F
projects could be said to possess the qualities of ‘Bigness’. The ‘Jussieu –
the early 90’s. The project demonstrated a highly ambitious scale with the
economies of supply and demand in Europe, the ultimate destination
The theory of ‘Bigness’ proposes the concept of the ‘Auto-Monument’7
Two Libraries’ competition entry in Paris (fig 5.1) for example, is particularly relevant to this essay as it was designed around the time of publication in
He defines this condition as a ‘Market Realism’: unlike the traditional
8.
10.
11.ibid. p180
14.
17.
Pages 15 OF 20
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 49
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
COURSE DIARY
SEMINAR DIARIES
Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]
[ WEEK 1 EXTRACT ]
Reading Rem Koolhaas “Maybe architecture doesn’t have to be stupid after all. Liberated from the obligation to construct, it can become a way of thinking about anything” [Koolhaas, 2013]
Core Readings: - Verschaffel.B, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, Architectural Histories 1(1):12 (2013), DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.al - Cunningham.D & Goodbun.J, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf ”, Radical Philosophy 154, March/April (2009): 35–47.
The two introductory readings offer a key insight into the underlying
Vershaffel discusses Koolhaas’ writings in depth observing his use of the
motives of both AMO (Koolhaas’ research, branding and publication
metaphor, control of time, and the architectural repercussions of this. It
studio) and his architectural practice OMA (The Office for Metropolitan
is worth noting Koolhaas’ background as a journalist and film maker
Architecture). The contrasting nature of the readings, one an interview
here, as it could be inferred from Vershaffel’s analysis that his journalistic
transcript with Koolhaas and Reiner de Graaf, and the other a third party
methods are utilised to press the validity of his opinion; in the following
overview of Koolhaas’ written publications by Bart Verschaffel, provide a
quote Verschaffel proposes that Koolhaas’ writings hinge on the principle
broad spectrum of perspectives on Koolhaas’ theoretical position.
of Navigation;“On the one hand, his texts aim at the general picture, and on the other, they point to where exactly [Koolhaas believes] action needs
Writing from an academic standpoint (as a Professor of Architectural
to be taken.” 3
Theory) Vershaffel’s observation that academics tend to “limit their research to ‘analysis’ and do so for a reason: synthesis always comes too early”1
This suggests that through the use of language Koolhaas is able to re-direct
raises an interesting discussion when considering Koolhaas’ fieldwork
architectural discourse towards a more political leaning, architecturing a
and associated manifestos. Both Vershaffel and Koolhaas himself (in the
‘reality’ which substantiates his subsequent manifestos. Certainly the use
interview transcript by Cunningham and Goodbun) identify an ‘urgency’
of metaphor and ironic scepticism are prominent features in his writing.
and necessity for action, suggesting a need to break from this traditional academic model of research.
Further merit can be added to Vershaffel’s observation about Koolhaas’ stylistic tendencies through analyzing the narrative tone that Koolhaas
“There exists a kind of knowledge, of thinking, that is different, motivated by
frequently employs in his essays, displaying bias through carefully selected
a sense of possibility, urgency and necessity, and takes the perspective of
evidence and shrewd characterizations which read more like a stream
action.” [Verschaffel, 2013 referring to Koolhaas’ research methodology]
of consciousness than an academic paper. In the interview transcript
2
Koolhaas himself highlights the similarity between the persuasive nature Perhaps the immediacy of building construction equips architectural
of journalism and the architectural profession when speaking of his
thinkers such as Koolhaas with a unique intuitive attribute to tackle the
involvement with the Hermitage project:
social, economic and infrastructural problems that have arisen as a byproduct of modernity. The value of Vershaffel’s piece lies in its ability to set
‘if you step back from your own vested interests in always persuading
Koolhaas’ fieldwork within a broader academic context, drawing parallels
people to build – because that is your business- objectively an expensive
between Koolhaas’ writing approach with prominent works by Le Corbusier
building was the last thing they need. There are some cases where adding
and Loos in respect to their style of ‘cultural criticism’.
more actually becomes counter productive’ 4 [Koolhaas, 2013]
fig. 1.1 - cover image for Koolhaas’ Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978)
3.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 50
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
SC[R] AT
DESIGN STUDIO D
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
COURSE DIARY
SEMINAR DIARIES
Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]
[ WEEK 8 EXTRACT ]
Lessons from Lagos ‘The ultimate dysfunctional city – but actually, in terms of all the initiatives and ingenuity, it mobilised an incredibly beautiful, almost utopian landscape of independence and agency.’ [Koolhaas, 2016, The Guardian]
Core Readings:
Key themes:
- Lagos wide & close : an interactive journey into an exploding city ,
The Metropolis, Foreground and Background, Infrastructure, Culture of
producers, Bruno Felix and Femke Woltin ; director, Bregtje van der Haak,
Congestion, Aestheticisation, Voyeurism
DVD, (Amsterdam: Submarine Channel, 2005) - Tim Hecker, “The Slum Pastoral: Helicopter Visuality and Koolhaas’s Lagos”, Space and Culture 13(3) (2010): 256–269.
Koolhaas’ research into the urbanisation of Lagos, Nigeria, demonstrates
In this manner the documentary could be interpreted as a multi-layered
an attempt to release himself from western architectural discourse and
drawing, the numerous compositions facilitating a unique trajectory
understand “what happens to a society when the state is absent”.1 However,
for each observer. This technique is perhaps an attempt by Koolhaas to
his exploration of this emerging ‘Post-modern African Metropolis’
emulate the mass authorship and surplus of individuality that he discerned
is
arguably his most heavily criticised project to date. Begun in 2000, it
in Lagos.
is yet to be formally published other than as relatively small features in “Mutations” (2001) and “Content” (2002), and the interactive documentary
A criticism of the film is the ambiguity of these multiple interpretations.
“Lagos Wide & Close” (2005).
The technique of ‘Foregrounding’ and ‘Backgrounding’, through a combination of wide angle aerial shots, alongside personal commentaries
This lack of dissemination is perhaps indicative of Koolhaas’ feelings
from its citizens, was intended to provide a conceptual depth of field,
towards the project itself. In an interview with the film’s director Bregtje Van
simultaneously revealing the intensity of the urban condition and stepping
der Haak in 2014 (almost a decade after its release) Koolhaas attributes his
back to identify boarder patterns. I would argue adversely that this
reluctance to publish to a ‘final lack of concentration’.
juxtaposition of scales creates a disconnect for the observer - portraying
2
Conceivably this
stems from a discord between his interpretation of Lagos and the empirical
Lagos as an even greater enigma.
elements of the research, presented in the form of photographs and aerial footage, which features heavily in “Lagos Wide & Close”.
In contrast to his anaylsis of Manhattan and the Pearl River Delta, which show an attempt to conceptualize the urban conditions, Koolhaas instead
“Lagos Far and Wide” (2005) shows a diversification in Koolhaas’ methods
focuses on asking the reader questions. Arguably this is a symptom of the
of research, introducing the reader (now viewer) to the agency of film. In a
inconclusive nature of his findings in Lagos. Koolhaas perceives the city to
similar manner to his ‘Mutations’ text the observer is presented with various
be in a state of constant adaptation similar to his ‘Generic City’; it has an
representations of the city, and permitted a degree of freedom through
ability to expand, contract and re-organise itself, its infrastructure built to a
the multiple combinations of video and audio tracks that can be played in
point mutates, adjusting to the needs of its citizens.
tandem with one another.
Fig 8.1 Still from ‘Lagos wide & close’
15.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 51
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ESSAY
ESSAY
Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]
The ‘Mega-Scale’ – An allegory of Postmodernity?
[Preface] This essay explores the themes of Architectural Monument, Postmodernity and the Mega-Scale, testing the hypothesis that contemporary ‘megascale’ structures are an evolution of the traditional architectural monument epitomising the contemporary culture of globalisation and mass mobilisation. An in-depth study is conducted into two prominent architectural projects
[Introduction]
by OMA (Office for Metropolitan Architecture) which exemplify this an ambitious scale: the ‘Jussieu – Two libraries’ competition entry (1992), and
The twentieth century witnessed an enormous leap in the scale of
‘De Rotterdam’ (2013). Their respective exteriors and interiors are analysed
urban buildings, creating implications for both the architecture and
in order to ascertain their symbolic weight and limitations as monuments of
the development of the city. Eric Mumford, in his writings on The CIAM
modernity. Considering the theories of the cultural critic Fredric Jameson,
(Congres Internationaux d’Architecture Moderne), defines this mass
the relationship between the ‘mega-scale’ and the dominant cultural trend
increase in scale as a ‘New Monumentality,’2 but to what extent do
of ‘Postmodernity’ is explored, challenging the theory that the typology
these supersized buildings break from the conventional conditions of
of ‘Mega-Scale’ is as an allegory of Postmodernity through a cross-
architectural monument? The traditional monument evokes connotations
examination between the selected OMA case studies and the key features
of solidity and serenity. In contrast, these ‘new’ monuments of the
of ‘Architectural Post-Modernism’, articulated in Jameson’s analysis of the
twentieth century, distinguished by their mythic scale, are synonymous
Bonaventure Hotel.
with ‘the void’ and enforced congestion. Paradoxically, if we consider the architectural monument as a ‘physical manifestation of cultural heritage’3
Other prominent cultural and architectural theorists are considered as
then these buildings could equally stand in the traditional sense as
possible alternatives or amalgamations of this hypothesis, most notably
monuments, epitomising the contemporary trends of globalisation and
Umberto Eco’s concept of ‘hyper reality’, Peter Sloterdijk’s notion of the
mass mobilisation.
‘Grand Interior’, and Rem Koolhaas’ ‘Bigness’.
‘The superstructure seems finally to produce social models or world visions of an essentially religious kind….the very concept of space here demonstrates its supremely mediatory function, in the way in which its aesthetic formulation begins at once to entail cognitive consequences on the one hand and socio-political consequence on the other.’ (Jameson, 1992, Post1
modernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism)
This essay investigates the hypothesis that contemporary ‘mega-scale’ structures are not the “hollow symbols” that Rem Koolhaas suggests 4
in this theory of ‘Bigness’ (1994). Rather they are an evolution of the traditional architectural monument and, as such, they carry the same gravitas and symbolism as the temples of Greek antiquity. In order to sharpen this line of inquiry two architectural proposals by OMA (Rem Koolhaas’ Office for Metropolitan Architecture) which express this highly
ambitious mega-scale, the unrealized scheme for the Library at Jussieu
City” – folding the traditional street into a vertical interior boulevard. Set
University in Paris (1992) and their recently completed ‘De Rotterdam’
within the context of the publication of ‘Bigness’, the scheme could be
towers (2013), will be analysed with regard to their symbolic weight -
interpreted as an attempt by Koolhaas’ architectural practice to realise
both in terms of their exterior and interior - in order to ascertain their
one of the fundamental features of ‘Bigness’:
limitations as monuments of modernity, and identify what aspect of their
“Bigness no longer needs the city: it competes with the city; it represents
design has the greatest influence on this condition.
the city; it pre-empts the city; or, better still, it is the city.”7 (Koolhaas, “Bigness, or the problem of Large” 1994)
Through comparing these specific case studies of Jussieu and De Rotterdam, respectively two decades apart in Koolhaas’ architectural
These two philosophies frame the ‘Jussieu’ project as a paradox, on the
career, I hope to identify any evolution in the features of the ‘new’
one hand it is a metaphor for any entire city, on the other it is simply
monument in respect to its contextualization and symbolism. The
an architectural commodity. De Rotterdam presents a similar enigma;
‘Jussieu’ project (1992) is a particularly significant case study for the ‘new’
designed as a “building for developers”8 (says Rem Koolhaas 2013), and
monument, as it was designed around the time that Koolhaas himself
produced through heavy collaboration with the private sector, its scale is
was attempting to theorize and harness the potential of the mega-scale
seemingly a product of commoditisation.
in the early nineties. Within his essay ‘Bigness’ (published in ‘S,M,L,XL,’ 1995) Koolhaas proposes the concept of the ‘Auto-Monument’5 as a
Yet Koolhaas argues that its massing represents “a new ambition for
twentieth century phenomenon generated purely by its mythic scale. In
architecture” , conceived as a “vertical city”, “unifying its surrounding
Koolhaas’ view their symbolism was empty, ‘available for meaning as a
urban condition” and “undoing the ghost town, to project the next phase
billboard is for advertisement.’6
of the city’s existence”.
9
In this respect, to paraphrase Koolhaas, De
Rotterdam is not simply an architectural ambition, but a synthesis of the This statement provides a potential insight to analyse the design drivers
city and a symbol of Rotterdam’s ambition.
behind the Jussieu library. OMA envisaged the scheme as an “Inside-Out
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 52
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
SC[R] AT
DESIGN STUDIO D
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ESSAY
[ LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ]
EXTRACT FROM PAGE 6 OF 7
PAGES 3,4 & 5 [essay main body]
What is irrefutable from these two mega-scale case studies is the
It should be noted that Sloterdijk interprets the opposite effect –
extensive symbolism that can be derived from both their exterior
perceiving ‘immeasurable depth’
and interior. Despite this, Koolhaas’ proclamation that they remain
of the mega-scale.
Augé, Marc. 1992. “From Places to Non-Places.” In Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity , 75–115. Verso.
To an extent the findings are inconclusive; the exterior of De
Baudrillard, 2012, An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and Implosion, Ceasefire magazine
46
BIBLIOGRAPHY EXTRACT:
in the aesthetic of immersion
‘availably for meaning’43 still carries a certain amount of weight. The new aesthetic, which the mega-scale has generated, features
Rotterdam arguably holds a greater symbolic meaning than its
both social and economic dimensions. However these remain
interior; conversely in the case of the Juseui, the experiential
open to interpretation. Similarly to Jameson’s critical reflection
qualities of its interior seemingly hold more value. However, what
on his theories of Postmodernism, there is a need to step back in
can be said for both schemes, is that their spaces (be they internal
order to assess the mega-structures’ historic value as monuments
or external) can only be understood through motion. For example;
of modernity. Paradoxically, it is precisely this ‘distance’ that has
the vehicle approach to De Rotterdam or walking though the
been abolished in attempting to analysis their relationship to
internal circulation of the library. It could be reasoned that in this
contemporary culture. Arguably we are too submerged to theorise
respect these mega-scale structures are an allegory for the global
this condition.
phenomenon of mass mobilization.
Nevertheless, what can be observed are the correlations between
Although
the characteristics of Postmodernism and the mega-scale through
understanding the genesis of the mega-scale it provides little
the specific case studies of the Juseui and De Rotterdam schemes.
insight to its future evolution. The jump in scale between the Juseui
The lack of contextualization with regard to form, mass and aesthetic
scheme of 1992 and De Rotterdam in 2013 indicates a trajectory of
of the mega-scale is congruent with the ‘historic deafness’ endemic
growth, but is there a limit to this progression?
44
Postmodernism
provides
a
methodology
Claessens, Francois. n.d. “Reinventing Architectural Monumentality.” Urban Formation and Collective Spaces, , 106-120. Eco, Umberto. 1990. Travels in Hyper reality Essay . Translated by William Weaver. Harcourt Publishers Ltd; Reprint edition. I.Böck. 2000, ‘Six Canonical Projects by Rem Koolhaas’ -Essays on the History of Ideas. Jameson, Fredric. 1992. Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism . Duke University Press . Jefferies, Stuart. 2014. “In the World Interior of Capital by Peter Sloterdijk – review.” The Guardian . 01 01. Koolhaas, Rem, interview by Amy Frearson. 2013. De Rotterdam represents “a new ambition in architecture” says Rem Koolhaas. http://www.dezeen. com/2013/11/27/de-rotterdam-rem-koolhaas-transcript/, (11 27).
for
Rem Koolhaas, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York”, in ‘Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan ‘, (1978), (New York: The Monacelli Press, 1994): 235–281. Koolhaas, Rem. 1994. ““Bigness, or the problem of Large”.” In S,M,L,XL, by Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau OMA, 495–516. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers.
to Postmodernism. The breakdown between high and low culture may be interpreted in the objectification of form - exemplified in
The current trend of urbanisation arguably necessitates the mega-
the buildings’ sculptural qualities and their mass ‘interiorisation’.
scale as a means by which to orientate ourselves and navigate
Seemingly a direct result of the consumer culture’s endless desire
the emerging phenomenon of the ‘Megalopolis’. However, a
for ‘more’, this is conceivably epitomised in the dominant internal
criticism of these mega-scale buildings is the spatial and social
programming of ‘real estate’ in De Rotterdam. Furthermore, the
confusion that they currently foster. If the notion of monument is
emotional ground tone of ‘intensity’ identified as a feature of
that of an icon, a core to the city, around which the city revolves,
Postmodernism is observed in the dislocation and placelessness
then an obvious question is how that permanent object responds
that these mega-structures evoke.
to a growing, shifting city. Is it perhaps time to shift focus and
Koolhaas, Rem. 2002. ““Junkspace” .” In Rem Koolhaas, by Content, 175–190. Librero Nederland b.v.; 01 edition.—. 2014. Preservation is Overtaking Us . (New York: Columbia University Press. McGibbon, Shea. n.d. Monument and context. http://www.designingbuildings. co.uk/wiki/Monument_and_context. Mumford, 2000, ‘The CIAM Discourse on Urbanism’, 1928-1960 (London, ,P201-214. OMA. n.d. Jussieu-two-libraries. Accessed 04 15, 2016. http://oma.eu/ projects/jussieu-two-libraries.
consider the urban spaces surrounding these mega-structures as Paradoxically It could be argued that the mega-scale is both product
monument?
Robinson, Andrew. 2012. “An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and Implosion.” Ceasefire .
and the propagator of the twentieth century’s ‘reality shortage’
45
identified by Koolhaas (1978), as their inherent scalelesssness, and grand architectural gestures such as Juseui’s internal folding
LIST OF FIGURES EXTRACT:
boulevard contribute to a ‘loss of reality’ – or rather the generation
ENDNNOTES EXTRACT:
of a ‘hyper-reality’. The depthlessness of Postmodernism may also
22. Eco, 1990. ‘Travels in Hyper reality Essay’, p7 23. ibid. p8 25. Jameson, 1992, Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism’ , p43 28. Jameson, 1992, Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism’, p42 29. Koolhaas, 1994, ‘Bigness, or the problem of Large’, p496
be inferred in the exterior form of these mega-scale structures through their optical trickery, literal flatness and repetitive facades, which reduce the architecture to a logo of itself.
30. Sloterdijk, 2005, “The Crystal Palace’, p275
fig. 1 OMA, (1994) model of Jussieu, “Bigness, or the problem of Large”.” In S,M,L,XL, by Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau & OMA, 495–516. Rotterdam: 010, p1311 fig. 2 Richard Seymour, (2014), ‘De Rotterdam’, Retrieved April 15 2016 from Richard Seymour. com: https://evitagoze.wordpress.com/2010/12/11/week-10-and-11/ http://www.richardjohnseymour.com/ Fig. 3 Rene Magritte, (1935) “Le Modèle rouge” ,Retrieved April 15 2016 from Rene Magritte. Org. : http://www.renemagritte.org/rene-magritte-paintings.jsp
Rossi, Aldo. 1984. The Architecture of the City. The MIT Press. Sloterdijk, Peter. 2005. “The Crystal Palace.” In the Global Inner Space of Capital: For a Philosophical Theory of Globalisation, translated by Public – Art/Culture/Ideas 37 (2008):, 265-276. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Tweedie, James. n.d. “Delirious Cities and Their Cinema: On Koolhaas and Film Studies.” Public Culture 22 (2): 369-397. Wainwright, Oliver. 2013. “Rem Koolhaas’s De Rotterdam: cut and paste architecture.” The Gaurdian, 11 18.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 53
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
STUDIOLO ASSEMBLING RE-CALIBRATING
THE BIG ROOF STUDIO - STUDIO G COURSE SUMMARY: The emphasis in this course, gives the opportunity to develop or initiate a major design project, bringing an exploration and creative processes into dialogue with technological and environmental decision making. The Big Roof studio addresses two specific aspects of Modernity: the production of ever larger interiors, and the production of knowledge through research and innovation. The Big Roof studio aims to accommodate in one complex assemblage these two different kinds of spaces that concur in the knowledge production process: the institutionalised space and the personal living space The studio explores strategies of interiorization designing a series of big interior prototypes. The beginning of the studio G will focus on inhabitation, on the ways in which an individual, a group, a community can occupy a place. In the first part of the semester a series of prototypes will be developed making use of clear spatial strategies and architectural typologies. The encounter with the real sites will then off er the chance to increase the complexity of the project on different levels, adding programmatic diversity and defining a strategic relationship with the context. St Peter’s Seminary at Cardross a site with a troubled story of architectural ruination and reconstruction, will be the background for a series of design proposals. The buildings provide a conceptual reference on a way to frame and interior, and to relate to the surrounding context. The Big Roof studio will propose alternative futures for these sites, not necessarily fully accepting current visions on their preservation/ conversion strategies. A series of interiors are developed which gradually appropriate Kilmahew/St Peter’s in a process that will involve the design of spaces from the small, individual, and personal scale to larger assemblages for living and working that can be recognized as meaningful cores of a new kind of urbanity. IMAGE : REFECTORY OF ST PETER’S SEMINARY AT CARDROSS, DESIGNED BY GILLESPIE, KIDD & COLA LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - The ability to develop and act on a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on critical analysis of relevant issues. LO2 - The ability to develop an architectural, spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns. LO3 - The ability to investigate, appraise and develop clear strategies for technological and environmental decisions in an architectural design project. LO4 - A critical understanding of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), to explain a design project.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 54
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
STUDIOLO
OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] i. Thermal landscapes ii. The dwelling unit [ design incubator ]
Bathing Bathing Bathing
Bathing
Bathing Bathing
Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Display of Display Meaning offul Meaning objectsful objects Display Meaning Display objects of Meaning ful objects Display of of Meaning fulfulobjects Display of Meaning ful objects Sleeping
Study , Yoga
Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga
Reading
Reading Reading Reading Reading Reading
Toilets , Washroom, Toilets , Washroom, Changing Changing Toilets , Washroom, Toilets Changing , Washroom, Changing , Washroom, Changing Toilets , Washroom, ChangingToilets
0
1
0
2
1 50
0120
121
22
50
51
52
Socialising, Eating
Socialising,Socialising, Eating Eating Socialising, EatingSocialising, Eating Socialising, Eating
Cooking , washing
Cooking , washing Cooking , washing Cooking , washingCooking , washing Cooking , washing
Storage of Pocessions
Storage of Pocessions Storage of Pocessions Storage Pocessions Storage of Pocessions Storage of of Pocessions
to temperatures Degree tomay which may bebecontroled wihin may beActivity controled Zones wihin Activity Zones Degreewhich to which which temperatures may controled wihin Activity Zones Degree to which temperatures may be controled wihin Activity Zones Hierachy ofActivity Activity Hierachy zones/ ofActivity in Activity order ofaccending zones/ accending inorder order privacy / 1:200/ 1:200 privacy//1:200 1:200 Areas ofto Activity into Relation to thresholds Areas ofAreas Activity in Relation to thresholds Hierachy ofHierachy Activity ofzones/ inoforder zones/ ofin accending ofofaccending privacy privacy Areas Activity inRelation Relation thresholds of Activity into Relation thresholds Thesholds defined Thesholds byFlat’s my Flat’s defined Architecture by&my Flat’s & Fixed Architecture Furniture & Fixed Furniture Thesholds defined Thesholds byby defined my Flat’s byArchitecture my Flat’s Architecture Furniture & Fixed Furniture temperatures betemperatures controled wihin Activity Zones zones/ in order privacy / accending 1:200 Areas ofofActivity in thresholds defined my Architecture &Fixed Fixed Furniture Degree to which temperaturesDegree may betocontroled wihin Activity Zones Hierachy of Activity zones/ inHierachy order ofofaccending privacy / 1:200 Areas of Activity in Relation to thresholds Thesholds defined by my Flat’sThesholds Architecture & Fixed Furniture - Doorways - Control - Control - -Doorways - Doorways - Doorways Control - Control - Activity Doorways - Activity Activity - Activity- Activity - Control - Doorways Control - Activity 0 10 1 21 2 02 0 1 1 52 52 5 55 -- Limited - Limited Control Limited -Control Control Limited Control - Limited Control 1 2 50 0 - Limited Control
5
MyLiving Living Space Plan Living My Living My Space / Plan Space 1:200 //My Plan 1:200Space / Plan 1:200 My Living Space / Plan 1:200My Living Space / Plan 1:200
- No Control
-- No Control - No Control No Control - No Control - No Control
This investigation begins with a reading of the thermal and activity thresholds within a living unit . Implementing the technique of the architect Philippe Rahm’s ‘Thermal Mappings’, the relationship between temperature and living rituals are cross examined. Through mapping the dwellings micro-climate in the same reductive manner as living rituals, a discord was identified between the natural flow of heat and habitation.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 55
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
STUDIOLO
Cooking
Thermal matrix
Sleeping
Flow of activities attuned to temperature
Dining
Optimum Microclimate for Activity
W/C
Micro Climate of activity areas
Lounge
I. THE THERMAL LANDSCAPES
Library / Reading
Bathing
Dressing Area
OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro]
Study Space
Yoga
Activity Zoning
12.
14.
15. 17.
16. 18.
ld Co
ke Inta Air
Light / Temperature - mapping
Invisible Thesholds / My Interior Micro-climate
0
1
2
e tak ir in ta Ho
16 °c
5
25 °c
Living room/ Social space........................ Sleeping.................................................... Bedrooms also used as living rooms........ Bathrooms................................................ Kitchens.................................................... Toilet........................................................ Staircases.................................................. Laundry room.......................................... Drying room............................................ Yoga......................................................... Private Study, Reading...........................
19°C 16 °C 19 °C 22 °C 18 °C 15 °C 12 °C 12 °C 12 °C 22 °C 20 °C
Permeability & Enclosure
Developing this line of enquiry key living rituals are redistributed spatially within an idealised climatic matrix. This abstracted grid was then rationalized into two typologies of dwelling units which used the principles of conduction and convection inform the architectural composition.
SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITIES ATTUNED TO TEMPERATURE
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 56
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
STUDIOLO
OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ]
Roof Lanterns
Sliding Partitions Heated or timber battens
Linear Arrangement
Wall thickness Varying thickness in relation to temperature
Two Stack Sectional Arrangment
Solid and Void Openings within the external enve;ope
Courtyard Typology :
Inhabited Wall Activities requiring the most intense heat plug-in
DWELLING TYPOLOGIES Two dwelling typologies were developed in which The living ritual of each knowledge worker is focused around a climatic extreme of either the courtyard which operates and a cooling device or the sauna which provides an intensity of heat and humidity. Having established a series of regulatory thermal devices, within a single unit, this module was explored at meso-scale through the creation of an assembly prototype.
Exploded axonometric Exploded axonometric
Total Area : 50m2
Stack Arrangement
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 57
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ASSEMBLY
OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ] Exploration of dwelling configurations.
Mixed Assembley of host and cold units - Courtyard Arrangement
Stacking of Hot and Cold Corner Habitation Unit
Linear Arrangment Typology of Hot and cold Walls
Vertical Assembly - Heat Sha / Terrace Relationship Heat Sha - Collective Sauna
Collective Unit
CLUSTER TYPOLOGY OF HOT CORES AND PARTITIONS
VERTICAL ASSEMBLY - HEAT SHAFT / TERRACE
MIXED ASSEMBLY OF HOT AND COLD DWELLING UNIT - COURTYARD TYPOLOGY
HEAT SHAFT - COLLECTIVE SAUNA ASSEMBLY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 58
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
ASSEMBLING
OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ]
COURTYARD ASSEMBLY Through clustering the courtyard units as an assembly additional thermal devices could be integrated into the scheme. A network of hot cores, thermal pools and collective courtyards were introduced form the communal residential unit hosting a multitude of microclimates within a single ‘Big’ interior.
Warm Pool
Changing facil.
Courtyard
Cool Pool
ermal Baths - Lower Ground Level - Assembly 1:200
FIRST FLOOR - RESIDENTIAL UNITS
LOWER LEVEL - THERMAL BATHS ermal Baths - Lower Ground Level - Assembly 1:200
DIAGRAMMATIC STUDY OF THERMAL DEVICES WITHIN THE ASSEMBLY PROTOTYPE
COLD THERMAL NETWORK
POROSITY / ENCLOSURE
HOT THERMAL NETWORK
Reduction of Enclosure
SOLID / VOID
RELATIONSHIP OF POOLS TO HOT CORES Networks of Bathing Pools / Heated Cores
ermal -Solids & Voids
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 59 Reduction of Enclosure
ermal -Solids & Voids
Networks of Bathing Pools / Heated Cores
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] SITE The following pages document the sighting of the investigation in Cardross and establishes the present condition of the Kilimahew Estate in which the assemblies are hosted. The territory of Cardross has a modest population of 2,193 (2011) and lies on the north bank of the firth of Clyde. The Kilimahew Estate sprawls along two of its several tributaries. The dense woodland and steep terrain which surround these water networks create a distinct set if micro-climate within the estate. These microclimates are extrapolated as individual readings of humidity, light and temperature. Through Combining these readings, the sensory landscape of Kilmahew is revealed informing the landscaping and architectural strategy. Applying the same method of extrapolation to the Ruin of St Peters, the structure fragment and reposition within the sensory landscape.
[LOCATION]
Kilimahew Estate Cardross, Argyll and Bute. Scotland, UK [LATITUDE ] 55.9635° N [LONGITUDE] 4.6553° W [TERRAIN] Steep Woodland [CLIMATE] Köppen climate CFD- temperature of each of four warmest months 10 °C or above but warmest month less than 22 °C
DOCUMENTING OF SITE MICRO-CLIMATES
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 60
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] MICRO CLIMATE MAPPINGS
COMPOSITE MICRO-CLIMATE
River network
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 61
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY TERRITORIAL CLIMATES - EXTRAPOLATED READINGS
HUMIDITY MAPPING
SHADOW STUDY
EXPOSURE
MORNING - SHADOW STUDY
MIDDAY - SHADOW STUDY
EVENING - SHADOW STUDY
COMPOSITE READING OF MICRO-CLIMATE
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 62
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
CATALOGUING OF LANDSCAPE DEVICES A series of climatic devices described below are deployed across the site in order to exaggerate or nullifying the existing mirco-climates creating a heightened sensory landscape.
LIGHT FIELDS
HUMIDITY DEVICES
HEATING DEVICES - THERMAL CORES
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: LED Column fields set out on a 2 by 2 or 4 by 4 meter grid, Dispersed around the site in clusters to provide a degree of enclosure and illumination
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Misting devices, mechanically powered, varying scale from Misting poles 2m in height by 250mm diameter, to Misting walls
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Network of ground source heat pumps articulated as Thermal cores, varying in scale and materiality from concrete to rammed earth providing heat sources around the site for habitation at a variety of scales
SHADING DEVICES
DRYING DEVICES
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Double skin Perforated Cylinder, containing a hydroscopic substance such as Salt, Ethanol or Sugar. Which absorbs and condenses moisture from the surrounding environment. Drainage below captures excess water and channels it to different area of the site.
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Series of Solar Panel Canopies of varying depth and height of perforation, recreate the effect of the woodland canopy in exposed open areas
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 63
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
RECALIBRATED LANDSCAPE POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY ISOLATED CLIMATIC DEVICES
EXPOSURE
MODIFIED SENSORY LANDSCAPE COMPOSITE READING OF KILIMAHEW’S MICROCLIMATE MODIFIED BY THE CLIMATE DEVICES
LIGHT
HUMIDITY
Having sited the investigation within Kilmahew, the following pages establish the moves which led to the selection of four sites in which to situate the assemberlies . The notion of modifying a thermal landscape through architectural devices developed in the living assembly prototype is expanded into a catalogue of landscape devices.
These devices are employed as a an interioriation strategy and grafted into the territorial mappings in a sequence of diminishing scales in order to refine each microclimate and position an architectural programme . RECALIBRATED LANDSCAPES EXTRAPOLATED LAYERS
MICRO-CLIMATE -TERRAIN
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 64
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
DESIGN STUDIO G
MArch II
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY MICRO-CLIMATE TEST SLIDES
1:500 MAQUETTES STUDIES - OF FOUR UNIQUE MICRO-CLIMATES
3.
I.
2.
3.
4.
4.
2.
I.
A series of test slides are extracted from the modified sensory landscape providing a cross section of the various climates found on the site.
1:500 ASSEMBLY MASSING APPROPRIATING MICRO-CLIMATE I.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 65
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
ASSEMBERLY STUDIES DIAGRAMMATIC SECTIONS GIN DISTILLERY The Distillery envelopes the climatic devices [thermal cores and misters] within a series of glass houses to create warm and humid microclimates in which to grow botanicals required for the gin distillation. The heated cores are also utilised to provide the extreme temperatures required for the process of distillation. The assemblies adjacency to the lake provides a readily accessible cooling mechanism for the condensing of ethanol. THE PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE GIN DISTILLERY
The Plant science research centre is carved into the hillside, to create a series of sunken laboratory spaces, providing a stable environment in which the microclimate conditions can be tightly controlled. A series roof planes stretch out into the landscape connecting and embracing the devices.
THE PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 66
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING
ASSEMBERLY STUDIES DIAGRAMMATIC PLANS
GIN DISTILLERY PLAN [1 500 original ]
PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE PLAN [1 500 original ]
1. Elevated Walkway 2. Lobby 3. Reception 4. Plant Room 5. Lecture Theatre 6. Cloister 7.External Classroom
8. Canteen 9. Heat Shaft 10. Exhibition Hall 11. Water Course 12. Fountain 13. Underground Archive 14. Amphitheatre
15. Library 16. Study Pods 17. Laboratory Vaults 18. Teaching Lab 19. Lab Specimen Garden 20. Laboratory 21. Gantry
KEY 1.Workers Housing 2.Plant Processing 3. Cloister 4. Dry Store 5. Mixing Hall 6. Distillation
7. Gallery 8. Glass Blowing 9. Bottling 10. Mediterranean Glass House 11. Tropical Glass House 12. Restaurant 13. Tasting Room 14, Gantry
15. Terrace 16. Board-walk 17. Ethanol Stores 18. Cool Store 19. Hot Core 20. Column Field
22. Common Room 23. Laboratory 24. Cold Store 25. Cold Labs 26. Gallery 27. Teaching Room 28. Gantries to drying devices
The following section explores how a building or a series of buildings can be generated by the distribution of the climiatic devices with the generation of a phased masterplanning strategy. Sites are informed by key locations identified by the climatic test slides . Two assemblies test initial ideas of how to link architectural elements to the environmental devices, adopting opposing spatial strategies; either connecting and embracing the devices or creating volumes between them enclosing climatic zones to create a series of semi-conditioned courtyards and cloisters. These assemblies illustrate the limitations of the climatic devices when translated to a micro scale [that of a building]. Forcing the design to develop a higher level of environmental sophisticated.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 67
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CALIBRATING S t r a t e g i c
P r o g r a m m i n g
PROTECTION
INTERIORISATION STRATEGY MASTERPLAN PHASE I
PHASE I Observatory & Weather station
Observatory & Weather station
PHASE I I PHASE I I Plant Science & Climate Research Centre
Plant Science & Climate Research Centre
PHASE III Gin Distillery PHASE III Gin Distillery
PHASEPHASE IV Seed Vaults/ Archives
IV
Seed Vaults/ Archives
Residential units
The Estates rich horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragement to utilise climatic variation creating a series of internal and external conecting walkways which reference back to the monastic cloister of the seminary
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 68
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTRACT GAME ESSAY SUBMISSION EXAM & DRAWING SUBMISSION
ARCHITECTURAL MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE AND LAW
CONTRIBUTORS CONTRACT GAME: Richard Fleming Rachel Leatherbarrow Niki Michael Oliver Hensely Zoe Herbert
COURSE SUMMARY: Architectural Management, Practice and Law is a lecture and workshop based course aimed at developing student’s knowledge and understanding of the management of Architectural practice. It is delivered through a series of lectures presented by Architects and related professionals involved in the creation of the built environment. The lectures are intended to present the student with a range of knowledge which can then be built on and developed by further reading. The workshop vehicle which will be used to assess learning outcome 2 of the course is a web-based ‘contract simulation game,’ which will provide participating students with a considerable depth of knowledge in relation to the administration of a standard form of building contract. Students will work in small groups over the course of the two day event. The course will allow students to: 1. Acquire understanding of the issues and constituencies which influence the processes and delivery of design and theoretical aspects of project and practice management.
ESSAY SUBMISSION: Rachel Leatherbarrow
2. Understand the concept of professional responsibility and the legal, statutory, and ethical implications of the title of architect.
Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe
3. Introduce students to the roles and responsibilities of the architect in relation to the organisation, administration and management of an architectural project.
Co- ordinator: Rachel
4. Develop an awareness and understanding of the financial matters wearing upon the creation and construction of built forms.
Response Team: Oliver & Richard
5. Develop an awareness of the changing nature of the construction industry, interrelationships between individuals and organisations involved in building modern day building procurement.
Day 2
EXAM & DRAWING SUBMISSION:
Rachel Leatherbarrow Faith Wood LO1 = An understanding of practice management and codes of professional conduct in the context of the construction industry. LO2 - An understanding of roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project. LO3 - An understanding of the influence of statutory, legal and professional responsibilities as relevant to architectural design projects
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 69
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTRACT GAME
AMPL - THE CONTRACT GAME
ISSUE OF ARCHITECTS
COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH: Richard Fleming, Niki Michael, Oliver Hensely, Zoe Herbert
Scenario 18 - Contractor E-mail
CERTIFICATE:
Scenario 13 - Client E-mail
Scenario 18
Scenario Description:
Scenario Description:
A Lamb Team X Architectural Partnership 2 The Streets Tweedie Dew 3 June 2014
Team X Architectural Partnership 2 The Streets Tweedie Dew 28 July 2014
The contract game provided a valuable
Dear Sirs/Mesdames
learning experience with regard to both
Dear Sandy
VET SCHOOL, BORWICK
teamwork and understanding the role of the
BORDER COLLEGE VETERINARY SCHOOL, BORWICK
We are in receipt of your Architects Instruction No. 16, stating:
architect in construction management.
“Cease operations upon mechanical ventilation and air conditioning extract ductwork and outlets in the vicinity of the opening windows of library. Provide alternative proposals that maintain separation of duct outlets from windows by at least the minimum amount stated within the CIBSE regulations and technical guidance referred to in the Building Regulations relating to anti-Legionella measures. Revised proposals should be mindful of the conditions of the Planning consent for the development, which does not allow“the extension of any duct, chimney or building element above parapet height”.
The intensity of the two days allowed us to cover a board range of articles exposing us
We have investigated the matter and find that if we are to make the changes you propose, within the limitations stated above, we will need to reroute the ductwork across the plant room and exhaust the ventilation on the other side of the building.
to all sections of the contract. We attained
ISSUE OF
an understanding of how the contract is
NOTIFICATION OF REVISION TO
worded and structured as well as developing
COMPLETION DATE:
valuable insight into the politics of contractual correspondence.
As you know we submitted our Contractor’s Design Documents in relation to the plumbing and heating works for your approval in accordance with Clause 2.9.4.1 of the contract on 16 February, and you returned them requiring us to make changes, which we did, and which you didn’t accept. We then, at great expense, engaged Messrs Hearth Wind and Fire Consulting Engineers on 21 April to prepare the revised design, which you accepted, by overmarking the drawing with a“B”and providing an explanation of the changes you required on 28 May, which we then undertook to do, on 2 June. Now, during construction of the work, which is to the layout on the approved drawings, you find that our design is not going to be satisfactory to the local council, because the design that you approved seems to diverge from the requirements of the statutory authorities. We do not accept that we have any responsibility to make these changes, without confirmation that we shall be paid for the abortive work. I look forward to hearing from you.
Over the course of the two days the group
Yours faithfully
became competent at switching between the
Sogee Furbil S Furbil On Behalf of Double Felix Construction Ltd
different languages and tones that the various
ISSUE OF
management , as well as an invaluable
Double Felix Construction Ltd Clawmark Row Purton
INSTRUCTION:
experience in aspects of running a job,
Best regards Wally Walter Duggs The Border College Trust North Roof Side Borwick
Walter Duggs The Border College Trust North Roof Side Borwick
[Oct 27 2016 3:42PM - Action to Contractor]
ARCHITECTS
I look forward to receiving your advice on this.
[Oct 27 2016 12:10PM - Note to Client/Employer]
Scenario 18 History:
site measures was an insight into project
Accordingly we are a bit tight for money this month, so I would like you to delay the issue of the next payment certificate from 10 to 16 June, to allow us to pay within fourteen days and on time. It seems to me to be a good solution. After all what can the contractor do about it if the certificate is not issued on time? I am sure that there cannot be any consequences for your ability to keep an eye on the quality of the contract works if you can do that. We can make up the deficit over in the next couple of Architect’s Certificates, once our own cash flow situation is resolved.
Scenario 13 History:
Team response:
The chronological approach to likely on-
A situation has arisen with which we need your assistance. Border College, as part of their ongoing expansion programme into the Eastern European veterinary market, is going through a funding request to central government at present.The difficulty is that we have a date that needs to be hit, at which time funding has to be in our account. This date is on 20 June 2014. If you issue you certificate on the due date, we will have to pay the sum before 25 June, bringing us into the red, which will not look good to the Treasury Office during their audit. It really is necessary for us to present the best possible financial picture at this time.
Team response:
correspondence to different members of the design team required.
Scenario 13
works,
28 July 2014
3rd June 2014
programme of works and the financial and
Dear Sogee,
Dear Wally,
contingent matters of construction.
Please refer to clause 2.17.2.1, which states that in the case of a divergence between the Statutory requirements and any CDP documents, you as the contractor must comply at no cost to the employer. Additionally, Clause 2.17.1 of the contract states that you are required to propose amendments it is your responsibility to remove this divergence in order to align with statutory requirements.
I am contractually obliged to issue the certificate within 5 days of the specified date (the 10th of every month) under clause 4.10.1 of the contract and we can therefore not issue it on the 16th as you have requested. Clause 4.12.1 entitles the contractor to suspend performance of his obligations if payment is not made within 14 days of the certificates due date (24th June) regardless of whether I delay my issue of the interim certificate. The consequences of late payment will be extensive extra cost and possible delay to the project, so I advise you to keep up to date on payments despite the Treasury Office’s audit during this time.
including
the
carrying
out
of
The sheer volume of scenarios ensured there
Kind regards,
was an urgency to each scenario, forcing the
Sandy Lamb Team 9 Architectural Partnership
group to seek quick solutions to teamwork
Kind regards, Sandy Lamb Team 9 Architectural Partnership
conflicts in a focused professional manner.
Correspondence with Contractor
RIGHT: Extracts of two of the 36 scenarios
Correspondence with Client
which the team completed :
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 70
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO A
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTRACT GAME
AMPL -PROCUREMENT REFLECTIONS
WHOLE TEAM
AMPL - CONTRACT GAME REFLECTION TEAM FORMATION:
A Reflection on how a different form of procurement and contract would have had an impact on the delivery of the scenario project in relation to time, cost and quality.
Read scenario
The following reflection will consider the theories of Tuckman’s ‘Linear development sequence for small groups’ (Tuckman, 1965) in tandem
Navigate the contract to the find relevant section
with Gersick’s group work development model of a ‘Punctuated
Set up initial email templates
In order to determine an appropriate route of procurement for a
Equilibrium’ (Gersick,1991) to analyse the team’s development
construction project, it is crucial that a series of performance targets
throughout the game.
are established which best satisfy the expectations of the employer. Identification of Specific contractual clauses
Having never worked together previously the team initially struggled
Co-ordinator Liaison
with the interdependent nature of the task. This was evident in
Download and Complete supporting documents if required
Generally each procurement method places emphasis on the relative importance of time, cost and quality (Clamp, Cox and Lupton 2012). Within the narrative of the contract game, the procurement route for
individual’s reluctance to rely on other team members research, Completion of letter referencing contract clauses
demonstrated in the filling out of the contract particulars. Rather than subdividing this task into sections, each member drafted their own
the Veterinary College had already been established as Traditional, thus placing an empathise on quality over time as indicated by its
Fig. 2.1 Time, Cost, Quality Matrix
position within the time, cost, quality matrix (ref. fig.2.1).
version and reviewed them with the rest of the group the following morning. CO- ORDINATOR
Navigate the online server to submit response
Under the terms of Traditional procurement, a Standard Building Contract with Quantities was applied in which both the Architect
Although this was an effective way to ensure that everyone was familiar
CONTRACT NAVIGATORS
with the contractual information, it was highly inefficient in respect
Alert controller
and Contractor were under direct employment by the client (ref. fig. 2.2). Under this contractual framework the role of the Architect was
to time management and establishing group cohesion. Thus it was
to carry out the design, cost control, and contract administration.
RESPONSE TEAM
only with the release of the second scenario that our team began the
The contractor’s role is limited to carrying out the works, with the
crucial processes of orientation, testing roles, and learning to become
fig 1.6 Revised: hierarchical system of sub-teams
dependant on one another. This aligns with Tuckerman’s first phase
Fig. 1.7 Phase two - Scenario Response
materials. (The Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited 2011).
Co-Ordinator: Rachel
of group development ‘Forming’ (ref. fig 1.1) in which the collective
responsibility of the latter only extending to workmanship and
Contract Navigators: Zoe & Nikoletta
tasks, rules and methods of the group are established. (Tuckman,
Response Team: Oliver & Richard
This appraisal will consider how several of the contract scenarios
1965).
may have played out had the route of Design and Build procurement (hereafter referred to as D&B) using a JCT 2011 DB contract been
NORMING & PERFORMING:
Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe
The major structural changes and assignment of roles initiated during
applied in place of Traditional procurement, with particular focus on the extent to which the Architect’s role would have changed and how It may have affected the timescale, total cost and quality of the
Co- ordinator: Rachel
the transition period (ref. fig.1.6) resulted in a shift in the team’s work
building’s construction.
approach; a clear protocol began to emerge upon receiving each
TIME
scenario (ref. fig.1.7). The team would collectively read the scenario, with one member beginning to format the response templates, whilst the remaining members searched for the relevant section in
The main feature of Traditional procurement is that the design process
the contract. Once the specific clauses had been ascertained this
is separate from construction. Full documentation is required before Response Team: Oliver & Richard
information would be relayed back to the response team. If any additional documentation was required one of the researchers would
the contractor can be invited to tender for carrying out the work (The Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited 2011). In relation to the Veterinary
source this, and forward it to the response team. The group’s draft
Day 1 No role allocation
would then be checked for consistency by the co-ordinator before being submitted to the controller who would then be alerted.
Day 2 Fig. 1.8 Re-configuration of seating attuned to project roles
College this meant that design and construction were separate sequential processes, thus the overall programme for the project was relatively long.
fig 2.4. Hypothetical application of A D&B procurement contractual relationship in theVeterinary College project
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 71
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CONTRACT GAME
AMPL -PROCUREMENT REFLECTIONS
CONCLUSION Design and Build would have served as a viable option of procurement offering several advantages to the construction of the Veterinary College. Its integrated approach and single point responsibility would
BIBLIOGRAPHY [SELECT]
have made for a shorter building programme than its counterpart of traditional procurement, characterized by fragmentation of the
Chappell, D. (2006). “Contractual Correspondence for Architects and Project Managers”, 4th Edition. 1st ed. John Wiley & Sons.
design team and project members in producing the construction product (King 2001).
Clamp, H. Stanley,C. Lupton, S (2012). “Which Conract? Choosing the appropriate building contract”. London: RIBA Publishing.
Arguably D&Bs integrated system could have negated the litigious problems, lack of cost certainty cost, and the strained relationships
Colenso, M. (1997), “High Performing Teams-in Brief”, Oxford:Routledge
which occurred between project members during the construction
Constantine, L. (1993) “Work organization: paradigms for project management and organization”. Comunications of the ACM 36 (10) :35-43
by omitting the legal requirement of the contractor to attain formal permissions from the contract administrator.
Gersick, C. J. G. (1988). “Time an transition in work teams: Toward a new model of group development.” Academy of Management Journal 31 (1): 9-41.
However, there would have been an element of quality control
Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited . (2011). “Deciding on the appropriate JCT contract 2011”. JCT, London :Sweet & Maxwell.
required, as this procurement method would have introduced a
King, A. Knight, A, Griffith, A (2001), “Understanding the dynamics of novation: a contractor’s perspective”. School of Environment and Development, Sheffield Hallam University
high degree of uncertainty over design and quality, particularly if insufficient attention was paid initially to the preparation of the client’s requirements and the checking of the contractor’s proposals.
fig 2.2. Flow diagram showing the contractual relationship of Traditional procurement applied to the Veterinary college project
RIBA. (2013) “The-Architect-In-Practice” -8th-Edition. London: RIBA Tuckman, B. (1965). “Developmental Sequence in Small Groups.” Psychological Bulletin (American Psychological Association) 63 (6): 384-99.
The project followed an erratic programme in which the contract profile of the Client continually shifted its priorities between scenarios
LIST OF FIGURES. [SELECT]
fluctuating from cost to quality dependent on the client’s funding and solvency which remained unstable throughout the narrative. As a result of this the Client proposed multiple changes to the design across the scenarios, which the traditional route of procurement was able to facilitate, as the Architect retained design control throughout and impartial valuations could be made.
Fig. 1.1
Authors own (2016), Tuckman’s Linear development sequence for small groups [Diagram]
Fig. 1.2
Authors own (2016), Group 9’s structure in relationship to alternative organization paradigms Adapted from Constantine, L. (1993) “Work organization: paradigms for project management and organization”. Comunications of the ACM 36 (10) p37 [Diagram]
Fig. 1.4 Authors own (2016), Gersick’s Punctuated Equilibrium Model, adapted from Gersick, C. (1988). “Time an transition in work teams: Toward a new model of group development.” Academy of Management Journal 31 (1) p9 [Diagram]
D&B could not have provided this degree of flexibility, as the Client would have no direct control over the development of the contractor’s
Fig 2.2. Authors own (2016) [Diagram] showing the contractual relationship of Traditional procurement applied to the Veterinary college project
detail design. In this respect, a traditional contract would have been the preferable option, as flexibility remains high with risk to the client notably lower than other forms of procurement. Fig .2.5 A comparative Radar Map comparing Traditional / D&B procurement methods
Fig 2.3 Authors own (2016) [Diagram] Comparative table of Plan of work Stages, adapted from Clamp, H. Stanley,C. Lupton, S (2012). “Which Conract? Choosing the appropriate building contract”. London: RIBA Publishing.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 72
MArch I
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO C
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
EXAM
AMPL - EXAM COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH FAITH WOOD QUESTION 1: FORM OF BUSINESS Note from Practice Formation meeting: We need as a fledgling practice to consider clearly our ‘form of business’ options. Our accountant has suggested three potential business forms for us to consider, without particularly going into detail on any. Limited Liability Partnership, Limited Company or a Co-operative. Can you investigate the above 'form of business' options and provide a brief critical appraisal of their advantages and disadvantages. Look at key factors, such as business structure, professional liability, tax and administrative duties etc. Conclude by making a recommendation as to which 'form of business' we should adopt and how this might shape the future direction of the practice. Should we be considering a hierarchical or flat organisational structure? Are there any ethical issues we should consider in deciding on a form of business?
ANSWER SUMMARY: As well as the three forms of business suggested by our accountant, there are two other main forms: the sole practitioner and the partnership. However both of these forms of business are considered as fairly out-dated methods of practice and are high-risk options, with unlimited liability to the extent of all personal and business assets and therefore not a viable option for us. The first of the recommended forms of business is the Limited Liability Partnership. An LLP creates a separate legal entity and liability is not joint or several, therefore is limited to the capital and assets of the business, unless an individual is clearly at fault. The structure of an LLP insists that one must register with Companies House and submit annual accounts that are made available to the public. Although this requires thorough record keeping which would need to be done by ourselves, it could be seen as a positive, as potential clients generally admire a more transparent way of accounting and for this reason, LLP’s could be seen as more credible form of business than a traditional partnership. As an LLP, we as individuals would be required to register as self employed within 3 months of setting up and in terms of income tax and capital gains tax would be treated as a traditional partnership. The second of the recommended forms of business is the Limited Company (LTD). Similarly to an LLP, liability is limited to the value of each member’s shareholding. We would be required to register with Companies House and submit annual accounts, available to the public. Although this requires more time spent on bookkeeping, like the LLP, it is generally perceived as a more credible way of accounting. All staff would be salaried and shareholders would share any profits made at the end of the financial year in accordance with their shareholding. In addition to Income Tax and National Insurance we would also be required to pay Corporation Tax, however there are opportunities for some tax benefits by retaining profits in the company or making pension payments which can result in overall less tax than a partnership.
The third of the recommended forms of business is the Co-operative. Unlike LLP’s or LTD’s all members are shareholders and therefore all responsibilities and rewards of the business are shared between all members. Additionally all members share liability, confined to the amount of the member’s shareholding. This form of practice would be perceived as a social statement and could give us some credibility, however to register with the Register of Friendly Societies under the Industrial and Provident Societies Act 1965-87, we would need more than 7 members which we do not need with our current scope of work. Therefore this would not be a viable form of practice for us at this stage. As a result we are to decide between setting up a Limited Liability Partnership or a Limited Company. As stated above there are clear advantages and disadvantages of each, however the decision comes down to the flexibility of each forms of business, which would ultimately affect our future development as a practice. A LLP is less flexible than a Limited Company and provides more challenges when future development is considered. A LLP would need to be dissolved and reformed when any partner leaves or joins and would therefore make it harder to grow and incorporate new directors. Whilst as a LTD, we would be able to sell or pass on shares of the business, allowing the business to grow more easily. Another consideration for us as a new architectural practice would be our ethical stance. In addition to the ARB and RIAS Codes of Professional Conduct and Practice that we are required to abide by as registered architects, we must consider the happiness and wellbeing of any future staff members as well as ourselves as directors. Therefore in our practice we propose to foster an appreciation of how happiness happens whilst promoting aspirational planning for life enhancement through out design propositions. [CONCLUSION]
months. This should include the likely projected phasing of receipts and payments. However, as we are a new practice, we are not able to provide all of the above therefore we will need to prepare a business plan which will serve as a vision document to prove how our business will be profitable. The Outline Business plan will need to be a professional and succinct document with a cover page and table of contents. It should contain the following nine sections that I have broken down below. SECTION 1: THE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This will be a short summary of our key facts and figures, articulating the durability of the business plan and why we would be a good investment for the bank. Here we must set out the ambition and brand, describing the architectural services we will provide and our unique selling point. We must identify who our clients will be; The Leith Community Benefit Trust, and what sector of the industry we will target. Here we will include that the cost of construction work for the project is £2.1m and our agreed fee is £140,000. Additionally we must identify cost and market requirements. SECTION 2: THE INDUSTRY, THE COMPANY, THE SERVICE This section should detail our knowledge of the industry, the company and the service we intend to offer. As a start up practice, we could make ourselves more attractive to prospective clients by offering additional services such as planning consultation and project management, giving our business a unique selling point in a highly competitive market. It is important that we demonstrate to the bank an understanding of the economy relating to our business. For this we will look at the latest construction output trend by the Glenigan Forecast 201617 which points towards private house building as the dominant sector. Therefore it may be worth tailoring our target market towards the strongest sectors such as these. Political, economic, social cultural, technological, legal and environmental factors should also be taken into account.
With all these considerations in mind, I therefore propose that we set up a Limited Company with a hierarchical organisational system, with each director initially having an equal share in the business. This allows us the flexibility to grow and develop as a successful and potentially international architectural practice and gives us credibility as a financially transparent company, despite the added administrative duties that this poses. Additionally we will be able to benefit from the associated tax systems by retaining profits in the company or paying into pensions whilst benefitting from the PAYE system, avoiding sudden large tax demands at a later date. In addition to all these practical benefits, our moral proposition in practice will be to foster an appreciation of happiness in the workplace, ensuring we offer the fundamental requirements for a good life.
SECTION 3: MARKET RESEARCH
QUESTION 2 – BUSINESS PLAN
Here we will demonstrate an awareness of our financial responsibilities such as Subscriptions to organisations and member’s fees for RIBA and ARB. We will detail the potential incomings and outgoings, forecasting income in the next 12 months and outlining a 5 year forecast for our finances. As we will be a LTD company we will need to be register with Companies House and submit our annual accounts to be audited. Detailing of budget overheads. Detail how calculations of income per architectural staff member, plus income per year member of all staff and the percentage of non-
We would like to make a pitch to a bank for some additional start-up funding to see us through the first year until as we hope, regular fees start to come in after the completion of the Leith ‘Ideas Store’ commission. Can you please prepare an outline summary business plan which considers questions the bank is likely to ask in relation to our start-up? Please provide a short paragraph of relevant content in each of the business plan sections proposed.
ANSWER SUMMARY: In order to secure funding, lenders will typically require copies of the business’ profit and loss account and its balance sheet along with details of its projected cash-flow forecast for the next 6-12
Here we will address the market research our business has and will undertake. We must also demonstrate our knowledge of competitors by identifying and aligning ourselves to other young architectural practices in Edinburgh, giving the bank direct comparisons and confidence in our proposal. We must set out how we will ensure the viability of our service which would be done through surveys of potential clients and existing practices. SECTION 9: FINANCIAL PLAN & INVESTMENT OFFERING
fee earning time CDP.
REFERENCES [SELECT] ARB, Architects Code: Standards of Conduct and Practice, Architect’s Legal Handbook Architect’s Guide to Running a Job
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 73
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO A
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DRAWING SUBMISSION
AMPL LO3 DRAWING
Bui l di ng
R e gu l at i on :
Me ans
of
E s c ap e
C onst r uc t ion
This module details an original drawn analysis of a selected precedent that studies and describes the precedents response to a specified legislative requirement.
The high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety Steep Quarry Edge Humid Tropics Biome
Link Building - Visitors Centre
The Eden Project by Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners is analysed with respect Writing the Law: Where the architects have succeeded in writing regulations, and enacting those laws through their designs.
Mediterranean Tropics Biome
Time (mins)
a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, and a visitor centre which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates.
Ignition Detection
A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. Many aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large and complex buildings. "
Evacuation begins
Evacuation complete Disabled Evacuation complete
Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: • The scale of the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely to develop untenable conditions in the event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space • The scarcity of ignition sources • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates • A high degree of management and staff training
The drawings focused on two themes: ‘Building Regulation - Means of Escape’ & ‘Construction and Design Management’. A series of speculative drawings were produced which explored how the design would have
Figure 1: Site Plan 1:5000 KEY FACTS: Largest Biome: Humid Tropics Building type: Assembly Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 Height: 50m Occupancy: 1,400 Relative Humidity: 85% Temperature: 35-40 °C
changed had a prescriptive code approach been adopted .
The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar with the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with the layout such as offices or residential buildings.
Smoke Layer descends to 20 meters
Smoke Layer descends to head height at upper levels Smoke Layer descends to head height at lower levels
The key targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire detection (a figure used in railway station design). - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire scenario occurring.
and
Manage me nt
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Figure 2 : Fire Event Time-line for Evacuation of the Humid Tropics Biome
Tested Scenarios performed by Arup Fire in which a fire will be located in the lowest part of the biome resulting in the greatest plume height and hence the largest smoke production rate.
Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities.
40m
Fig 3.1- Instantaneous 5MW fire
However due to the Eden project’s unusual setting in a former quarry, access from all elevations was not possible and instead pedestrian access for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.
20m
Fig 3 .2- Height of Smoke layer at 16 minutes
15m
Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes
Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)
Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.
Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : Diagrammatic Study of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hut fire within the Humid Tropics Biome
Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)
Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.
Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome
The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time
RIGHT: X2 A1 SUBMISSION
D e sig n
C as e Study : The E d e n Proj e c t 2 0 0 1 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners
C as e Study : The E de n Proj e c t 2001 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners
Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them
Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts reducing the frequency of large scale fires
To provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in
All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to.
Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been required in the Humid tropics biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to provide exits from the higher levels of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to lower exits, than to provide tunnels.
According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.
This shifted the performance assessment of the evacuation provisions away from the distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points serve as the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which are located at low level on the south elevation.
BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management evacuation policy for assisted escape is enforced with 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to reduce ignition hazards and detection times
According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and compensate for extended travel distances. Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall obstructions, high humidity, and the potential for stratification.
Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting located around all meandering routes of the biomes
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Key Longest travel distance approximately 260m
Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a capacity of 100 ppm.
Fire Extinguisher
Designated Fire Exit
Trained patrol staff
Break glass Points/ help points
Safe Zone
Evacuation Warning Sounders
Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.
Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction
Local Low level Fire
Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers
Suppression system ( Sprinklers)
Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)
Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)
Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)
Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m
Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section
Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting
Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.
Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2
Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex) Escape stairs should be enclosed within a protected zone, with an associated protected lobby (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8) Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction
Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m
Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2
Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire
Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome
Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17
Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 74
G r: i m M s hea w B u i Al rdc ihni tge c tRs e: gN ui clhaotl ai so n a n&s Poa rf t nEe sr sc a p e
maximum travel may be no more t Time (mins) travel. However esti he high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety C a s e MArch S t I u dDESIGN y : STUDIO T h e C E d e ATR n P r oDESIGN j e c STUDIO t 2 D0 0 1 SC[R] AT MArch II DESIGN STUDIO A AMPL DESIGN STUDIO B DESIGN REPORT part o is approximately a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as 1 Ignition Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners produ 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, and a visitor centre locations was onl 2 DRAWING SUBMISSION c ap e which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Steep Quarry Edge compensate for ex [BUILDING REGULATION - MEANS OF ESCAPE] DetectionTime (mins) 3 ested Scena he high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety 4part of the bi 1 A prescriptive approach would have classified theseProject buildings as 'assembly' However, much Humid Tropics Biome a challenge. Located incode a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden consists of linkedoccupancy. geodesic domes, known as of the 1 Detection within Ignition Evacuation begins 5production ra guidance for face. assembly from theatres, and morebiomes, conventional public centre buildings. Many 'biomes',code set into the rock Therebuildings are threederives main structures: two stadiums, climate-controlled and a visitor 2 manual break-gla aspects of this project beyond the scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. 6 which serves as a link buildingare separating theintended biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Steep Quarry Edge Time (mins) Tested Scenarios performed by Arup Fire in which a was fire will be locatedtoinensure the lowest The high occupancy numbers and unusualDetection design for Cornwall's Eden The high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety 3 project automatic detecti Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach adopted the functional requirements of the 7 part of the biome resulting in the greatest plume height and hence the largest smoke a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as has made engineering for fire safety a challenge. Located in a former quarry in 1 Link Building - Visitors CentreIgnition Building Regulations 4 management and were met without hindering the designasintent. A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the production rate. 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, a visitor centre Humidand Tropics Biome 8 2 Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Evacuation begins 5as 'biomes', obstructions, high code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. Many Detection 3 9 set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: aspects of this project 6 4 are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the Evacuation complete 10 biomes, and a an visitor centre which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide alternative Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the Evacuation begins 5 code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. ManyTropics Biome Mediterranean 7 11 carefully controlled climates. A prescriptive code approach have classified Disabledwould Evacuation 40m Link Building - Visitors Centre to6 fire safety. may behindering the only viable way intent. to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Buildingapproach Regulations were met Itwithout the design 8 complete Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the code guidance 12 for 7 buildings. " and complex Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. Key 9 public 8 assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional Fig 13 AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: 9 Evacuation complete 10 buildings. Fig 3.1Instantaneous 5MW fire Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: "AEvacuation fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative 14 complete Mediterranean Tropics Biome 10 "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative 11 Lon Disabled Evacuation approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large 15 11 Disabled Evacuation approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large complete Many aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety 12 complete and complex buildings. " 12 Smoke Layer descends and complex buildings. " 16 as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Therefore performance-based fire measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: to 20a meters 13 13 De Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. engineering approach in wasthe adopted to ensure the functional requirements of 17 the The scale of the spaces – very large, structures and sofrom are less to develop untenable conditions 14 Thus the• project presented an opportunity to open develop a fire strategy firstlikely principles. 14 15 than in a conventional low rise space Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. AD B (clause 18 event of a fire 20m The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety 15 Smoke Layer descends 16 • The scarcity sources notes that: 19 measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: The fundamental basisofofignition the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that 0.10) provision of fire safety to 20 meters Smoke Layer descends 16 17 Bre • The scale of the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely to develop untenable conditions in the • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates Smoke Layer measures should always be assessed this. factors that support this assumption include the following: Fig 3against .2- Height of SmokeThe layer key at 16 minutes 20 to 20 meters Main exits are 1.2m 18wide. Conforming event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space 17 descends to head • A of high of–building management andstructures staff training fire safetyin engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety • The scale spaces very large, open and so are less likely to develop untenable "A conditions the to BS 5588 forthe andegree Assembly . • The scarcity of ignition sources 21 19 Fig height at upper levels This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a package can provide an alternative approach to fire safety. It may be the • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates 18only viable event a fire than20in a conventional low rise space Smokeof Layer 22 descends to head capacity of 100 • A high degree of management and staff training The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly way to achieveunfamiliar a satisfactorywith standard of fire safety in some large and • The scarcity ofppm. ignition sources Evacu 19 complex height at upper levels 21 Smoke Layer descends 23 the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards buildings. " Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy 22 • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates Smoke Layer to head height at20 Figure 1:isSite 1:5000 The key to the strategy thePlan evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar with 15m Figure 1:safe Site Plan 1:5000 Layer descends 24 which stipulate that this and method oftraining evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which from usersfirstare familiar with the basis ofdescends 23 to head principles. The fundamental the strategy assumes • ASmoke high degree of management staff lower levels that the biomes the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards to head height at 21 24 upper levels should always which stipulateKEY that FACTS: this method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with the layout such as offices or residential buildings. lower levels are low hazard spaces, and that provision height of fire at safety measures Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes layout such as offices orFACTS: residential buildings. 22 KEY Largest Biome: Humid Tropics The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar be assessed againstwith this. The key factors that support this assumption include the Smoke Layer descends 23 Largest Biome: Humid Tropicsas follows: The key the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: type: Assembly the building. A targets phased for evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards following: The key targetsBuilding for the fire strategy can be summarised to head height at Building type: Assembly - It will be to evacuate the occupants the structure within 6 minutes fire detection (aoffigure used in rail- It will be possible the1:5000 occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire detection (a figure used in railFigure 1: toSite Plan Area ofevacuate Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 24to develop which stipulate thatpossible this method of evacuation is onlyofpermissible in buildings in whichofusers are familiar with the • The scale the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely lower levels Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing Floor Plan 1:500 Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : way station design). Figure 2 : Fig FireStrategy: Strategy: Performance-based engineering approach Fire Performance-based fire engineeringfire approach way station design). Fig layout suchTime-line as offices buildings. untenable conditions in the event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space Fire Event for or residential Diagrammatic Study of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hut fire - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire Fire Event Time-line for Dia Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire Evacuation of the Humid within the Humid Tropics Biome KEY FACTS: scenario occurring. • The scarcity of ignition sources Evacuation of the Humid wit Tropics Biome 50m Tropics occurring. Largest Height: Biome: Humid The keyscenario targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth Tropics Biome 1,400 BuildingOccupancy: type: Assembly - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure figure used in railrates Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 within 6 minutes of fire detection (a Relative Humidity: 85% Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach way station design). to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting • A high degree of management and staff training Temperature: 35-40 °C Fire Event Time-line for Diagramm walls and floors - providing a physical Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 - Tenable escape conditionsdoors, will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire barrier to a fire (Section 180) Evacuation of the Humid within the Height: 50m scenario occurring. The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are T o provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in Tropics Biome Occupancy: 1,400 predominantly unfamiliar with the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been Relative Humidity: 85% help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this required and in theallow Humid biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to distances safetropics exit for visitors at the Temperature: 35-40 °C method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with
T
T
T
The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time
T
T
provide exitsoffrom the higher levels 2.9.9) of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This higher levels the biome (Section Manual break glass callsuch points, communication points and evacuation sounders tofire summon the layout as offices or residential buildings. The key targets for the strategy would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using can be summarised as follows: all exits
N r evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts p would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to detection (a figure used in railway station design). reducing the frequency of large scale fires o prov lower exits,1:than to provide tunnels. w SCENARIO HUMID TROPICS BIOME SECTION The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders summon - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domestofor at least 10 minutes Non dom Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps help and raise alarm. Located so no should firescenario have to travel more than 45m to reach them a in the event of one the design occurring compartments mayperformance be no larger than 6000m2ofand maximumprovisions distance This shifted the assessment thethe evacuation away from the required would significantly increase evacuation times this was factored into the between protected zones is 32m Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section Suppression Scale-suitable 1: 1000 e for the space & hazard: distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points overall evacuation time provide e Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 andserve theasmaximum distance between Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an aut Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which w ATTRIBUTES reducing the frequency of large scale fires protected zones is 32m form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area GENERAL CRITERIA would hao are located at low level on the south elevation. lo at the up Introduction pressurised escape tunnels According toof BS25588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 Suppression suitable space 2.4 & hazard: 2.1 for 2.2 the 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 evacuatio tomaximum shorten escape and allow safe buildings exit travel distances distance within assembly for a single direction of travel Th Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts for visitors at the higher levels of the biome would be 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management d reducing the frequency of large scale fires (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways evacuation policy 4.3 for assisted page 75 lower exi 1.3 2.3 3.3 5.3 escape 6.3 is 7.3enforced 8.3 with 9.3 10.3 11.3 for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex) s 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant reduce ignition hazards and detection times Escape stairs should be enclosed within a proa locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and
T
KEY FACTS: Largest Biome: Humid Tropics Building type: Assembly Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach MArch I 18,000m2 DESIGN STUDIO Area of Tropical Biome: Height: 50m Occupancy: 1,400 Relative Humidity: 85% Temperature: 35-40 °C
the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this methodThis of evacuation is only in buildingsassessment in which users areof familiar with the shifted thepermissible performance the evacuation layout such as offices or residential buildings.
Smoke Layer descends to head height at
scenario occurring.
Evacuation of the Humid Tropics Biome
15m
23
compensate for extended travel distances. doors, walls and floors - providing a physical
barrier to a fire (Section 180) 24 provisions the lower levelsaway from Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes Detection within the spaces uses a combination staffsafe and occupant by distances andofallow exit for visitorsalert at the distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points Pressurised escape todecided shorten escape higherhelp levels of the tunnel biome 2.9.9) manual break-glass units and emergency points. It was(Section that an The key targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings automatic detection system was not necessary forof the space, due to2.9.9) thefrom high degree of serve as the the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which higher levels the biome (Section - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the evacuation structure within 6exits minutesfor of fire detection (a figure used in railall exits Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, way station design). Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from with tall are locatedin the at domes low for level on theAT south elevation. ATR - Tenable escapeDESIGN MArchforII DESIGNStudy STUDIO A AMPL STUDIO obstructions, B DESIGN REPORT Fire Event Time-line Diagrammatic of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hutDESIGN fire conditions willSTUDIO be maintainedD at SC[R] least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire all exits for stratification. high humidity, and the potential
Figure 1: Site Plan 1:5000
C
within the Humid Tropics Biome
DRAWING SUBMISSION According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 [BUILDING REGULATION - MEANS OF ESCAPE] Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel Key Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 protected zones is 32m Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of protected zones is 32m Fire Extinguisher Longest travel distance approximately 260m Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels To provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon Introduction 2 pressurised for visitors atofthe higher levelsescape of thetunnels biome Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them to shorten escape distancesFire andSafety allow safepatrol exit staff (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Guidance Designated Fire Exit Trained is approximately 260m. The help meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant required in the Humid tropics biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to for Assembly visitors atBuildings, the higherTechnical levels of the biome for Annex) provide exits from the higher levels of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and Escape stairs should be enclosed a profor Assembly Buildings, Technicalwithin Annex) would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue tected zone, with an associated protected lobby Break glass Points/ help points Safe Zone compensate for extended travel distances.Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using Escape stairs should be enclosed within a pro(Section 3.8)
The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time
Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . Low level Sprinklers This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a in the Shamba huts capacity of 100 ppm. reducing the frequency of large scale fires
evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to lower exits, than to provide tunnels.
Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an This shifted the performance assessment of the evacuation provisions away from the automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points serve as the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall are located at low level on the south elevation. Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 obstructions, high humidity, and the potential for stratification.
BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management evacuation policy for assisted escape is enforced with 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to reduce ignition hazards and detection times
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)
Key Longest travel distance approximately 260m Designated Fire Exit Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section
Trained patrol staff
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m Break glass Points/ help points
Safe Zone
Evacuation Warning Sounders Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a capacity of 100 ppm.
tected zone, with an associated protected lobby (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximumLocal 6000m2 Low level Fire Evacuation Warning Sounders(Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximumSuppression 6000m2 system (Section 3.8) ( Sprinklers) Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and compensate for extended travel distances.
Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)
Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9) Fire Extinguisher
Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome LowFirelevel (Section 2.9.9Local of Practical SafetyFire Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex)
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting
manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180) automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 andallthe maximum distance between exits Scenariohigh 1: humidity, Humid Tropics Biome for Plan Scale- 1: 1000 obstructions, and the potential stratification.
protected zones is 32m regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between Ahereing to compartment protected zones is 32m
Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section
Key
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2 Longest travel distance approximately 260m
Fire Extinguisher
Designated Fire Exit
Trained patrol staff
Break glass Points/ help points
Safe Zone
Suppression system
Escape stairs should be enclosed within a protected zone, with an associated protected lobby ( Sprinklers) (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8)
Evacuation Warning Sounders
Local Low level Fire
Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above
Suppression system ( Sprinklers)
Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section:
Ahereing to compartment regulation for aAs Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy standard assembly building
Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)
Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area
Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)
Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)
Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 doors, walls floors - providing a physical Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger thanand 6000m2 and the maximum distance between barrier to a fire (Section 180) protected zones is 32m Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000
Scale- 1: 1000
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m
GENERAL CRITERIA Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section
Scale- 1: 1000
Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9) Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180) Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 SCENARIO TROPICS BIOME PLAN assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the Ahereing2:toHUMID compartment regulation for a standard Ahereing regulation a standard assemblyextract, building with the themaximum introduction fireincrease suppression system throughout form to of acompartment sprinkler system and smokefor reservoir and mechanical allowing area of of an anyautomatic compartment to 12000m2 the ofbiome in the fire form of a sprinkler system and and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction an automatic suppression system throughout thesmoke biome inreservoir the Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area any compartment increase to 12000m2 increase toof12000m2 Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17 all exits
Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex)
ATTRIBUTES
Escape stairs should be enclosed within a pro-
Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction ofassociated an automatic tected zone, with an protected lobby fire suppression system throughout the biome in the (Section 3.8) 1.1a sprinkler 2.1 3.1system 4.1 and5.1smoke 6.1reservoir 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 extract, 11.1 allowing the form of and mechanical maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2 1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8)
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits
Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above
Scen
Ahere Scen form Ahere form
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 76
Scen
Ahere Scen form Ahere form
Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance. MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO A
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)
used draw in cool air Figure for ETFE cushions located Figure 5: 1:20 SectionGiant showingvents manualare breakDRAWING glass to SUBMISSION 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting [CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN MANAGEMENT] point and low level, portable fire escape signage aroundthe all meandering externally at ground level for easy access, located reducing need to routes workof the biomes
and lowTropics level, portable fire escape signage Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the point Humid Biome
Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting at height. located around all meandering routes of the biomes
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.
Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage C o n s t r u c t i o n D e s i g n a n d M a n a g e m e nbut t to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required. C as e Study : The E den Proj e c t 2001 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Automatic suppression system:throughout Sprinkler System All fireHeat and emergency systems and devices are located atfirelow level the biome, allowing ea Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects 600mm have on the controlled conditions of 2m the biome escape signs should be mounted above doors and atit would a height of between and 2.5m from floor lev and its vegetation in the case of a false activation Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project,Suspended most emergency fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects lighting at high level, insufficient it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome of providing across whole area of to be practically fixed them around the routes of the biome as there are no wallslightorat pedestrian floorslevelfor signage and its vegetation in the case of a false activation biome due to vegetation obstruction
Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient
Steel nodes required for when external maintenance
of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of heightinstalled cannot be avoidedin to allow for access According to the regulations, escape lighting shouldatscaffolding be allfixing protected zones and in unprote biome due to vegetation obstruction and abseilers 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have eme Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access testingscaffolding and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a and abseilers gency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for m
Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities. However due to the Eden project’s
unusual in abe former quarry, under standard regulations for Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors thatsetting would required access from all elevations was not fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 possible and instead pedestrian access
Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.
Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.
Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.
Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting
Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)
Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.
Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement
Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement
Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)
Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.
Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome
Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting
All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to. According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.
Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Figure 9 : Section of Humid Tropics Biome fixing under of heatstandard and smoke detectors that would be required under Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heatindicating detectors the thatfrequency would beand required regulations for fire standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 [impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately] alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place
Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system
Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm
Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction
Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage
Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient
of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of of heat and smoke detectors that Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing biome dueand to vegetation obstruction Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire safety systems currently in place would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 point and low level, portable fire escape signage
According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire
Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1
According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible GENERAL CRITERIA and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting be required regulations fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the locatedunder around standard all meandering routes of thefor biomes maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome
Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would EachBiome smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm and its implications on the be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 but to avoid blind spots a 10.6mHeatgrid is required. maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of
Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.
Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17
ATTRIBUTES
600mm
Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation
Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 77
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DECONSTRUCTION DEVELOPING ELEMENTS RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
THE BIG ROOF STUDIO - STUDIO B COURSE SUMMARY: The project developed in the first semester put forward a spatial strategy for forms of inhabitation and interiorization on the site of Cardross. Studio B will look into specific features of these projects and will develop them, especially taking into account structural and environmental aspects. The “big roof” designed in studio G will be analysed in order to critically recognize and choose the architectural elements of the project that are able to define and materialize the interior. These elements (the roof / the façade) will be studied in greater detail in their structural and environmental aspects. Rather than seeing the first semester project as a finished product, the cycles of de-construction— reflection on—alteration—re-assemblage of architectural elements will help to re-open the design process, making the project more aware of its own potential and able to address new sets of questions, sharpening its architectural identity where technical and conceptual standpoints will have to meet. The studio process can be divided into three parts, or scenes, that follow semester: scene 1 – project deconstruction scene 2 – developing elements scene 3– re-contextualization. The structural and environmental studies have to address and develop the themes that the first semester work raised: how does the project define the Big Roof? which are the material/tectonic features that define strategy of interiorization?
LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 – A sophisticated approach to the programmatic organization, arrangement and structuring of a complex architectural assemblage in a loaded contextual situation (eg. the built, social, historical, technological, urban and environmental contexts). LO2 – A knowledge of how to develop the structural, constructional, material, environmental and legislative aspects of a complex building to a high degree of resolution, with reference to discussions with a team of specialised consultants.
PHOTO BY NIKI MICHAEL, ST PETER’S SEMINARY AT CARDROSS, 2016
LO3 – An understanding of issues relating to the questions of sustainability, and its concomitant architectural, technological, environmental and urban strategies. LO4 – A critical understanding of, and ability to present complex design proposals through appropriate forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer, installation, performance and workshop techniques).
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 78
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DE-CONSTRUCTING
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY CATALOGUING OF PRE-FABRICATED SEMINARY ELEMENTS
Teaching block
External stair core
Kitchen Block
Sisters’ Common room & Refectory
Convent
Prayer Chapels
RUINATION TIMELINE
1990 Former Seminary before the demolition of Kilmahew House.
1998 Kilmahew House is demolished and the 1966 complex thus decapitated
2016 Nature has Reclaimed the footprint of the old Kilmahew House.
ST PETER’S PRESENT STAGE OF ‘RUIN-ATION‘
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 79
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DE-CONSTRUCTING
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY
REMAINING ELEMENTS:
i. Kilimahew Estate ii Territorial Climates iii. St Peters
Seminary main block RELOCATION ELEMENTS
Concrete plinth
QUARRYING OF THE SEMINARY The existing ruin prevents the majority of south light from reaching the central recreation space. In order to open up the courtyard to receive solar gains, the massing is re-configured to form a quadrangle which opens to the south. Pre-fabricated elements of the seminary are quarried from the ruin and re-programmed across the site as climatic devices.
REMAINING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS The Main building and concrete plinth, are the only elements which remain in thier original location. The ruin is partially de-constructed and stabilized in various degrees of ‘ruin-ness’, to be conceptualised as part of the landscape.
fig. 6 former bedroom cell for trainee Priests
fig.7 former Refectory
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 80
1 :
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
2 0 0
DESIGN STUDIO G
DESIGN STUDIO B
AMPL
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
IV. TESTING THE ENQUIRY [MESO] I. SITE STRATEGY II. INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES
PHASE I - THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY PHASE I The Knowledge Repository
I
PHASE I I Plant Science & Research Centre
II
.
Conceptualised as part of the sensory landscape the ruin of St. Peters is reconditioned through a sequence of parasitic insertions and enveloping. To create an array of habitable mircoclimates. Wrapping the seminary in a S e are e d weatherproofing envelope interiors free to recondition the seminary’s existing fabric
S e e d
V a u l t
a n d 1 :
V a u l t
L i v i n g
a n d 1 :
L i v i n g
W i n g
2 0 0
W i n g
2 0 0
PHASE III Gin Distillery
III
PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station
IV
Having established methods of inertioirsation. This section of the report outlines the detailed proposal for the Climate Repository, the largest assembly and most complex architectural assemblage within the master-plan, which appropriates the seminary plinth and ruin. Developing upon the ideas tested in the previous chapter. The Repository can be read as a series of individual building components contained within an adaptive envelope which is able to manipulate the interior micro climates. Facilitating a multitude of thermal conditions into which the programme of a Seed Vault, Growing Chambers, Archive, Laboratory, Library, Exhibition space, Offices and Residential Units incorporated.
DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH SEMI-CONDITIONED SEMINARY
S c h o l a r s
GENERAL CRITERIA
o f f i c e s
a n d 1 :
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
c o n d i t i o n e d
ATTRIBUTES
g a l l e r y
1 0 0
2.1 S c h o l a r s
o f f i c e s
a n d 1 :
c o n d i t i o n e d 1 0 0
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
g a l l e r y
page 81
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
M a n u s c r i p t
L i b r a r y 1 :
a n d
C o u r t y a r d
2 0 0
DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH MANUSCRIPT ARCHIVE & COURTYARD
M a n u s c r i p t
INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES
L i b r a r y 1 :
The use of water is integrated into the plinth as a cooling device. A layered interior created a stable climate for precious manuscripts.
M a n u s c r i p t
L i b r a r y 1 :
a n d
a n d
C o u r t y a r d
2 0 0
C o u r t y a r d
2 0 0
M a n u s c r i p t
L i b r a r y 1 :
a n d
C o u r t y a r d
2 0 0
DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH EXHIBITION SPACES AND REFECTORY
S e e d
GENERAL CRITERIA
V a u l t
a n d 1 :
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
L i v i n g
W i n g
ATTRIBUTES
2 0 0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 82 S e e d
V a u l t
a n d
L i v i n g
W i n g
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
KEY 1. Conditioned Event Space 2. Courtyard 3. Entrance Hall 4. Archive Cabinet Hall 5. Laboratory 6. Clean Room 7. Archive Depository 9. Manuscript Cabinet 10. Study areas 11. Seminar Room 12. Reception 13. Sauna 14. Canteen 15. Kitchen 16. Servery 17. Store 18. Gardening Room 19. Green House 21. Terraces 22. Entrance Foyer
SECOND FLOOR SCALE 1:500
THIRD FLOOR SCALE 1:500
SITE PLAN
ROOF PLAN SCALE 1:500
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 83
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [MACRO] I. BUILDING COMPONENTS
LIBRARY
SEMINARY RE-OCCUPATION
RESIDENTIAL WING
GROWING CHAMBER
MANUSCRIPT TOWER SCHOLARS OFFICES
GLASS CURTAIN WALL
SERVICE PODS:
ACCOMMODATION X21 UNITS
EXHIBITION GALLERY CORE MEETING ROOMS SEED VAULT
Exhibition galleries appropriate the voids, whilst the laboratory and growing chambers plug-in to the existing floor plates.
CORE Two reinforced in-situ concrete walls support the residential units. Their thermal mass functions as a trombe wall to the west facing growing atrium the space in-between host a series of fully conditioned interiors which serve as the refectory at ground level and communal breakout spaces above. ACCOMMODATION X21 UNITS Pre-fabricated single dwelling units accommodate the scholars and researches working within the climate repository. Each Unit is accessed via their individual balconies which puncture through the trombe wall into the growing atrium
An in-situ concrete book tower - encased by a glass curtain wall, houses the repository ‘s collection of precious manuscripts and botanical drawings. Two mezzanine levels supported on glulam piloti 400/400 at 5m centres wrap around the central atrium hosting the book tower.
Climate controlled exhibition cases allow artefacts to be displayed within the ruin without having to insulate the entire exhibition space.
Less light sensitive archive material is displayed on the ground floor, with the first and second stories accommodating open plan reading and study spaces. The third floor serves as flexible exhibition and event space, which cantilevers over the book tower to provide shading from the translucent roof
Cool storage [seed vault] is programmed in the deepest part of the building at lower level, where the climate is most stable and naturally cooler.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 84
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
CATALOGUE OF BUILDING COMPONENTS
SECONDARY STRUCTURE: - Lateral bracing 60/280 mm la minated softwood rails.
TERTIARY STRUCTURE:
- 12 mm steel rods fixed to softwood rails
CLADDING
40 mm polycarbonate hollow cellular slab 900 mm wide and full height of building; -FIXING MECHANISM: Smooth-pressed aluminium fixing clip.
.
CIRCULATION
ADAPTIVE POLYCARBONATE ENVELOPE
Utilising the seminary’s existing circulation
Operates as a sheltering & lighting device
PRIMARY STRUCTURE - Glulam frame columns 120/400 mm lam at 5m centres. - Tapered beam, Pin joint connections - 16 nailed connector plate with reinforced openings. - Concrete Pad footings screwed into seminary concrete plinth
UNFOLDED ELEVATION
VARYING FACADE TREATMENT DEPENDENT ON ORIENTATION
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 85
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
TRANSLATION OF DEVICES: ADAPTIVE POLYCARBONATE ENVELOPE
CLEAR ACYCLIC PANELS ALLOW DIRECT SUNLIGHT THROUGH THE POLYCARBONATE TO THE ENVELOPE
ROOF OPENINGS: AUTOMATED SLIDING TRACK POLYCARBONATE
AUTOMATED SLIDING POLYCARBONATE PANEL SYSTEM TO ALLOW VENTILATION & VISUAL CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDSCAPE
EAST COURTYARD FACADE: AUTOMATED PIVOT POLYCARBONATE PANELS SYSTEM
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 86
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting
TRANSLATION OF DEVICES INTO ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS
PLINTH :
DEVICE DESCRIPTION:
Applying the principals derived from the thesis residential assembly the plinth is reconfigured as a courtyard typology, punctuated by a series of cores within a larger porous interior.
A Network of ground source heat pumps articulated as Thermal cores, varying in scale and materiality from concrete to rammed earth providing heat sources around the site for habitation at a variety of scales
A split level is added to the existing plinth, in reference to classical monument typology. This new level is accessed by two concrete ramps either side of the seminary. An external stair serves as an outdoor auditorium and informal gathering space taking advantage of its south facing orientation.
LOWER GROUND MOVEMENT STUDY
GROUND LEVEL MOVEMENT STUDY
FIRST FLOOR L MOVEMENT STUDY
Vertical Assembly - Heat Shaî„— / Terrace Relationship
PROTOTYPE: THERMAL CORES
LOWER GROUND
SEED VAULT & EXHIBITION SPACE
FIRST FLOOR OFFICES / LIBRARY/ RESIDENTIAL WING
MANIFESTATION: TROMBE WALL RESIDENTIAL WING PLAN SCALE 1:200
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 87
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INTEGRATION OF LANDSCAPE CLIMATIC DEVICES
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 88
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DECONSTRUCTION
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting
17 °C
FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: i. Library interior ii. Seminary circulation space iii. Growing Atrium iv. Refectory v. Exterior
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 89
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DECONSTRUCTION
IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping
23 °C
17 °C
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 90
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DECONSTRUCTION
IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping
WINTER SOLSTICE
SUMMER SOLSTICE
[SHADOW AND THERMAL MAPPING]
[SHADOW AND THERMAL MAPPING]
MANUSCRIPT LIBRARY - THERMAL MAPPING
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 91
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
VI. INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting
RESIDENTIAL WING ELEVATION
REFECTORY
LIBRARY STUDY SPACE
The following pages considers the Climate Repository at a Micro-scale. The building is explored through the user experiences of the ‘Knowledge worker’, considering the spaces they will occupy and the architecture material and haptic quality. The study shifts across three scales of spaces: Individual knowledge spaces / Collective knowledge spaces/ Exhibition spaces. These interiors are enveloped by the seminary ruin and polycarbonate skin. This chapter also introduces the enviromental structural strategies which inform the quality of these interiors.
SEED VAULT LABORATORY
THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY - INHABITED SECTION
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 92
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] JOINT CONNECTIONS
Resin Anchor Bolts
Timber Beam Metal fixing plate Pre-cast concrete seminary slab
CONNECTION DETAIL
GLULAM FRAME POLYCARBONATE
WEST ELEVATION FACADE DETAIL GROWING ATRIUM
SUSPENDED WALKWAY CONNECTION DETAIL
GLULAM FRAME PIN JOINT CONNECTION DETAIL
FACADE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEMINARY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 93
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting
REINFORCED GLASS FIN LAB SPACE : SERVICE&EXTRACT
CONNECTION DETAIL: FRAME-LESS GLASS WALKWAY
CONCRETE SEMINARY
JUNCTION DETAIL: SEMINARY FLOOR PLATE TO GLAZED WALKWAY
LAB SPACE
SEMINARY CONNECTION DETAIL
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 94
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 95
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] GROWING ATRIUM / RESIDENTIAL UNITS / REFECTORY - ENVIRONMENTAL SECTION
ENVIROMENTAL SECTION [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:50] KEY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 96
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] REAPPROPRIATION OF ST PETERS: SCHOLARS OFFICES/ GALLERY / SEED VAULTS
ENVIROMENTAL SECTION [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:50] KEY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 97
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DEVELOPING ELEMENTS
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:20]
BALCONY CONSTRUCTION: Handrail: Steel flat bar 4.5x32 Baluster: steel rod 13mm dia. 100mm Bent steel plate Faux beam 120x300 FRP grating Steel I-beam 125x60 Angle brace 90x90
ROOF CONSTRUCTION: Zinc capping to polycarbonate 40mm Polycarbonate panelling 45x45 timbering batting S/W Timber beam 150x50 Steel fixing plate - resin anchor bolt to existing seminary.
SCHOLAR OFFICE: CEILING CONSTRUCTION 75mm rock wool insulation 75x100 timber studs 25mm Oak panelling
UNIT [PRE-FABRICATED OFF-SITE] ROOF CONSTRUCTION:
WALL CONSTRUCTION 75mm rock wool insulation 75x100 timber studs 25mm Oak panelling
30mm three ply laminated sheeting 160mm thermal insulation 22mm boarding 12.5 gypsum fibre board
FLOOR CONSTRUCTION 10mm Clear epoxy resin finish 50mm concrete screed inlayed wet heated floor system. 50mm rigid insulation Existing seminary concrete floor
DOUBLE GLAZED SLIDING DOOR PAINTED TIMBER FRAME
FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 40mm softwood boarding, bleached and oiled white 50mm impact sound insulation between wooden battens 100mm reinforced concrete slab 30mm three ply laminated sheeting 12.5 mm gypsum fibreboard.
WALKWAY FRP grating fixed to steel c sections
WALL CONSTRUCTION 500mm in-situ cast concrete 75mm Rigid board insulation between studs 12.5mm plasterboard tapped and skimmed to receive paint finish.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA
DETAIL THROUGH RESIDENTIAL WING
1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 98
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 99
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
INHABITING THE INTERIOR
1: 200 MODEL
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 100
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
INHABITING THE INTERIOR
1: 200 MODEL
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 101
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION - INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES MASTERPLAN MODEL 1: 1500
INTERVENTION LAYER IMPOSED ON THE LANDSCAPE
MICRO-CLIMATE -TERRAIN
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 102
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES SITE PLAN
PHASE I The Climate Repository
PHASE I I PHASE V
Plant Science & Climate Research Centre
Residential assemblies
PHASE III Gin Distillery
PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station
SITE PLAN CLIMATIC DEVICES KEY:
CAMPUS MASTERPLAN - PHASING STRATEDGY
SITE PLAN 1:5000
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 103
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION
PROPOSITION The Climate Research campus
is considered as
five phased master-plan. The Estates rich
horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the climatic devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragmented
to utilise climatic variations:
- Distillery - utilises the river heating and cooling - The Research Centre- utilised steep terrain of the hillside to carve out accomodation - The Observatory- the highest vantage point of the site provides a natural position for looking outwards. - Residential assemblies - use the shelter of the woodland to provide additional accommodation for knowledge workers -The Climate Repository - utilises the existing seminary as a seed vault
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 104
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO G
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DECONSTRUCTION
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
7.1
8.1
9.1
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
2.1
2.3
2.5 page 105
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
DESIGN REPORT
COURSE OVERVIEW In architectural practice situations (competitions, project tenders, planning applications etc.) a design report is often constructed to introduce and document architectural designs. Audiences for a Design Report include both those architects and other specialists in the discipline interested in the design, how it works, how it came into being, and how effective it is, as well as those in the wider context of commissioning, public approvals, legislation and project implementation connected with the application and effectiveness of the design. This Design Report sets out the research and design development undertaken throughout the design studios G&B, incorporating images including the key representations of the project itself. The design report should allow the reader to follow the study process, allowing an understanding of the material examined, decisions taken, etc. The report is an academic document and is fully referenced as such, observing all relevant protocols as set out in the briefing materials issued, at the same time it is also itself a designed object. OBJECTIVES: 1. Critically appraise and argue the rationale of a design proposal using text and image in the context of a printed report. 2. Demonstrate ability to analytically and logically synthesise documentation which encompasses a range of architectural issues, research and design development undertaken, individual study progress and key project representations. 3. Develop skills in the communication of architectural design proposals, through sophisticated visual and textual synthesis and consideration of reception. [BREIF EXTRACT]
LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - The ability to communicate, critically appraise and argue the rationale of a design proposal using text and image in the context of a printed report. LO2 - Demonstration, through architectural design, of the integration of knowledge in architectural theory, technological and environmental strategies, and an understanding of architecture’s professional and economic context. LO3 - The development of transferable skills and techniques through the preparation of a sophisticated graphic document.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 106
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN REPORT
DESIGN STUDIO B
9
CONTENTS I. OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] i. The thermal landscapes ii. The dwelling unit [ design incubator ] SYNOPSIS
p.5 II. SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Kilimahew Estate ii. St Peters iii. Territorial Climates
[CONTENTS] PROLOGUE
p.9
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
p.13
PROPOSITION
p.14
ENQUIRY [I-VI]
p.22
EPILOGUE Conclusion + Further
p.138
BIBLIOGRAPHY
p.140
III. POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Cataloguing of Devices ii. Recalibrated Landscapes iii. Test Slides IV. TESTING THE ENQUIRY [meso] i. Site strategies ii. Interiorisation Strategies
V. IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping
p.141
IMAGE REFERENCES
VI. INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting VII. ARCHITECTURAL MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW i. Planning consideration ii. Environmental impact iii. Building Regulations iv. Means of Escape & Universal Access v. Procurement & Buildabilitiy
p.22
17
16
PHASE I The Climate Repository
PHASING STRATEDGY
MASTERPLAN
PHASE I I Plant Science & Climate Research Centre
PHASE V Residential assemblies
p.32
PHASE III Gin Distillery
PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station
p.50
PROPOSITION The Climate Research campus is considered as five phased master-plan. The Estates rich horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the climatic devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragmented to utilise climatic variations: - Distillery - utilises the river heating and cooling - The Research Centre- utilised steep terrain of the hillside to carve out accomodation - The Observatory- the highest vantage point of the site provides a natural position for looking outwards. - Residential assemblies - use the shelter of the woodland to provide additional accommodation for knowledge workers -The Climate Repository - utilises the existing seminary as a seed vault
p.60
p.80
23
22
RESIDENTIAL WING ELEVATION
REFECTORY
SEED VAULT LABORATORY
LIBRARY STUDY SPACE
p.100
p.123
PHASE 1 : THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY - INHABITED SECTION
107
106
INHABITING THE INTERIOR JOINT CONNECTIONS
JOINT CONNECTIONS Resin Anchor Bolts
Timber Beam Metal fixing plate Pre-cast concrete seminary slab
CONNECTION DETAIL
GLULAM FRAME POLYCARBONATE
WEST ELEVATION FACADE DETAIL GROWING ATRIUM
SUSPENDED WALKWAY CONNECTION DETAIL
GLULAM FRAME PIN JOINT CONNECTION DETAIL
FACADE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEMINARY
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 107
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
THE DESIGNED OBJECT
SYNOPSIS This thesis seeks to re-examine the process of knowledge production, through exploring
ruination. The “lost” interior, of St Peter’s Seminary – a masterpiece of Scottish modernist
The synthesis of this investigation is the proposal for the Climate Repository which accommodates
strategies of interiorization, from the territorial scale of landscape to an individual studio.
architecture – designed in the late 1960s by the architects Andrew MacMillan and Isi Metzstein
the two different scales of spaces that concur in the knowledge production process: the
Throughout the discourse a series of ‘big’ interiors are developed which explore inhabitation of
of Gillespie Kidd and Coia serves as both the catalyst to each assemblage, informing the
institutionalized space and the personal living space within a large interior.
both the individual knowledge worker and collective knowledge production.
programme and architectural language.
The enquiry is driven by a design incubator in the form of a dwelling assembly, which uses the
The various microclimates found across the site are manipulated through a series of climatic
the programme of a Seed Vault, Growing Chambers, Archive, Laboratory, Library, Exhibition
principals of thermal comfort to structure living environment with air temperature and humidity
‘devices’ deployed throughout the landscape to maximise or nullify existing climatic conditions-
space, Offices and Residential Units are programmaticly attuned to each micro-climate.
determining the spatial distribution of living and working activities.
creating a heightened sensory landscape into which the programme of a Climate Research
This complex architectural assemblage facilitates a multitude of thermal conditions into which
Campus is integrated.
The Repository semi-appropriates the former Seminary structure providing an alternative future for St Peters, which does not adhere to current visions of the ruins preservation and conversion
Similarly to the way in which knowledge is produced the narrative of this thesis constantly shifts across scales, In order to explore how thermal comfort can be applied as a structuring device
The Campus proposal consists of four phased ‘interiors’: the Climate Repository, a Plant
strategies. Rather than proposing restoration or demolition, the ruin is stabilized in various
not only at the micro-scale of a single dwelling but to the macro-scale of a sensory landscaping.
Science Research Centre, Distillery, Weather Station and Observatory. These Architecture’s are
degrees of ‘ruined-ness’. Conceptualised as part of the landscape it is re-conditioned through a
fragmented to utilise climatic variations across the site creating a series of tightly conditioned
sequence of parasitic insertions and enveloping. The Seminary becomes a climatic device space
micro-climates within a larger interior.
of knowledge production once again.
A series of architectural assemblages are situated within the Kilmahew Estate in Cardross, on the west coast of Scotland. A site with a unique micro-climate and troubled story of architectural
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.7
page 108
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BUILD-ABILITY [ REPORT EXTRACT ] A potential problem to be addressed is that the workmanship and restoration expertise required for the project is far form the typical work and architecture carried out in the local construction industry.
133
132
FIRST FLOOR PLAN MEANS OF ESCAPE
FIRE
A highly trained restoration team will be required to oversea any works to the grade A listed ruin, whilst at the other end of the scale larger firms will need to be contracted to construct and fabricate larger elements such as the glulam frame and conduct on site infrastructural work. It will therefore be important to appoint a contractor with a board knowledge of both these industries. A significant cost of this proposal will be the adaptation to the plinth and excavation and re-conditioning of the ruin. To offset this cost, the vast majority of the design on the north and west wings can be prefabricated in factory conditions and quickly assembled on site. This should inevitably bring the construction time down and consequently reduce cost. The standardization of the structural frame and residential modules should also provide a significant cost saving,
The new primary structure is a glulam frame with the floor slabs and partitions made of prefabricated cross-laminated timber panels. The burn-off rate of glulam is 0.7mm/min and therefore expensive fire protection coatings will not be necessary. As fire behavior of cross-laminated solid timber panels can be strongly influenced by the thickness and the number of layers, panels with superior adhesive and charring performance will be specified Additionally the risk of fire is significantly reduced by the high humidity levels within the growing atriums which will make ignition difficult and impede fire growth rate. In the exhibition spaces with the seminary CHS columns will be coated in an intumescent paint.
Owing to the rural nature of the site, and steep topography, there is only one emergency access route. To cope with this a sprinkler system will be be installed in accordance with BS925_:2005 under code of practice of DD 252:2002. The sprinkler system will be supplied by the rainwater harvesting tanks to help prevent fire spreading within the open plan exhibition spaces.
A Fire detection and fire alarm system alarm system will be fitted in accordance with BS 5839-6:2004 to at least a Grade D Category LD3 standard. This will help alert the users and allow them to escape either to ground level or gain access to the Seminary roof for safety.
SITE PLAN
Single emergency access route.
According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. Within each wing of the Repository there are multiple exit routes can be found all less than 32m and a fire protected circulation core [ which provides a minimum protection 1hr].
KEY
Fire protected core Open stairwell
A total construction cost is difficult to predict at this stage due to the additional work required by specialist contractors, however a rough estimate may be calculated by taking the total area of both the existing seminary and new wings and applying a cost per square meter:
Escape route
Area of existing building fabric: 8,085m2 Area of new East and North wings: 6,322.5m2 Net area: 14,407.5m2 51
50
Taking a construction cost of £1000 per square meter on the new wings and £1500 per square meter for works carried out to the existing fabric, a rough cost estimate of £12,300,000 for the re-conditioning of the seminary and £6,300,000 for the two new wings providing a total cost of £18,600,000.
SITUATING THE ENQUIRY
REMAINING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
i. Kilimahew Estate ii Territorial Climates iii. St Peters
The Main building and concrete plinth, are the only elements which remain in thier original location. The ruin is partially de-constructed and stabilized in various degrees of ‘ruin-ness’, to be conceptualised as part of the landscape.
This percentage beak down however does not include any of the fees for the consultants. In addition a quantity surveyor would be needed to provide an in-depth evaluation and cost proposal.
EPILOGUE [ REPORT EXTRACT ] This thesis has sought to find a programmatic and a spatial solution to the Ruin of St Peters and its surrounding Estate. Looking to the future the programmatic variation across the campus ensures the sites viability for the future generations of Knowledge workers. The temporal and adaptable nature of the polycarbonate skin allows for programmatic adaptation in the future. The use of thermal landscapes as a design driver, has been tested and applied throughout the project across a range of scales from the territorial to an individual dwelling unit. The thesis presents a conceptual framework based on micro-climatic readings, transferable to new sites in different climates.
QUARRYING OF THE SEMINARY The existing ruin prevents the majority of south light from reaching the central recreation space. In order to open up the courtyard to receive solar gains, the massing is re-configured to form a quadrangle which opens to the south. Pre-fabricated elements of the seminary are quarried from the ruin and re-programmed across the site as climatic devices.
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
page 109
MArch I
DESIGN STUDIO C
ATR
DESIGN STUDIO D
SC[R] AT
MArch II
DESIGN STUDIO A
AMPL
DESIGN STUDIO B
DESIGN REPORT
BIBLIOGRAPHY [SELECT] BOOKS Allen, Stan. ‘Notations Diagrams: Mapping the Intangible’, in Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation , 41-67. London: Routledge, 2009. Branzi, Andrea. 2006. Weak and Diffuse Modernity: The World of Projects at the Beginning of the 21st Century. Milan: Skira. Corner, James, ‘The Agency of Mapping’. In Mappings, edited by Dennis Cosgrove, 213-152. London: Reaktion on Books, 1999. Dalí, Salvador. ‘Documentary – Paris 1929 – VI’ (1929). In Oui: The Paranoid-Critical Revolution, edited by Robert Descharnes. Boston: Exact Change, 1998: 106-107. De Boeck, Lieven. Housing.Maastricht: Jan Van Eyck, 2003 (available at www. studiolievendb.com/pdf/H_O_U_S_I_N_G.pdf) Eisenman, Peter. Diagram Diaries . London: Thames & Hudson, 2001. Koolhaas, Rem. Elements. Venice: Marsilio Editori, 2014. Koolhaas, Rem. ‘Preservationon is Overtaking Us.’, New York: Columbia University Press, 2014. Stoppani, Teresa. ‘Altered States of Preservation: Preservation by OMA/AMO’. Future Anterior, vol.III, no. 1 (Summer 2011): 97-109. Pai, Hyungmin. The Portfolio and the Diagram. Boston: MIT Press, 2006. Sandaker, Bjørn Normann, Arne Peter Eggen and Mark Cruvellier. The structural basis of architecture. Abingdon and New York: Routledge, 2011. Tschumi, Bernard. ‘Abstract Mediation and Strategy’, in Architecture and Disjunction, 191-206. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 1996. Watters,D.M ST Petere’s, Cardross Birth, Death and Renewal Historic Environment Scotland (30 Nov. 2016) ARTICLES Moore, R. [17,01,15], ‘St Peter’s seminary – a second coming for Scotland’s modernist masterpiece?, the guardian’, [Accessed 10.01.17], Available at https:// www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2015/jan/17/st-peters-seminary-glasgowsecond-coming-for-scotlands-modernist-masterpiece. WEB http://heritagehelp.org.uk/planning/heritage-statements [Accessed 10.01.17] http://www.philipperahm.com/data/index.html [Accessed 10.01.17] http://nva.org.uk/ [Accessed 10.01.17] https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/find-and-commentplanning-applications [Accessed 10.01.17] IMAGE REFERENCES ALL IMAGES USED ARE THE AUTHOR’S OWN WITH THE EXCEPTION OF: P2- Arial photo of st Peters, SOURCE: Watters,D.M, ST Petere’s, Cardross Birth, Death and Renewal, Historic Environment Scotland [30 Nov. 2016]\ P3- Antonello da Messina, Saint Jerome in his study, c. 1474-75. source: ANON. http://www.leninimports.com/antonello_da_messina.html [Accessed 10.01.17] P124- NVA’s Application for Listed building consent. source: https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/find-andcomment-planning-applications [Accessed 10.01.17]
ATTRIBUTES
GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.1
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
1.2
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
10.2
11.2
1.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.3
10.3
11.3
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.7
page 110